EAGLEMARK INC
424B5, 1998-11-20
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: WORLD WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS INC, 10-Q, 1998-11-20
Next: OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP, 10-Q/A, 1998-11-20



<PAGE>

           This Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement relate to the Registration
           Statements under File Nos. 333-21793 and 333-62849 and are being
           filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5) of the Securities Act of 1933.

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED NOVEMBER 13, 1998

$105,000,000 5.41% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
$45,400,000 5.43% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
  $9,600,000 7.10% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES
                                       
               HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUST 1998-3
                                     ISSUER

                                 EAGLEMARK, INC.
                              SELLER AND SERVICER

                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV
                                TRUST DEPOSITOR
                                ---------------
CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE S-15 
HEREOF AND ON PAGE 13 OF THE PROSPECTUS.


     The Notes will represent obligations of, and the Certificates will 
represent interests in, the Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 1998-3 
only, and will not represent obligations of or interests in Eaglemark 
Financial Services, Inc., Eaglemark, Inc., Eaglemark Customer Funding 
Corporation-IV, Harley-Davidson, Inc. or any of their respective affiliates. 
This Prospectus Supplement may be used to offer and sell the Notes and 
Certificates only if accompanied by the Prospectus.

                                ---------------

     The Trust will issue Notes and Certificates as described below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          HARLEY-DAVIDSON    HARLEY-DAVIDSON    HARLEY-DAVIDSON
                           MOTORCYCLE          MOTORCYCLE         MOTORCYCLE
                         CONTRACT BACKED     CONTRACT BACKED    CONTRACT BACKED
                         CLASS A-1 NOTES     CLASS A-2 NOTES      CERTIFICATES           TOTAL
                         ---------------     ---------------      ------------     ---------------
<S>                      <C>                  <C>                 <C>              <C>
Principal Amount.......    $105,000,000        $45,400,000         $9,600,000      $160,000,000.00
Interest Rate/Pass-
 Through Rate..........        5.41%               5.43%               7.10%
Frequency of Scheduled
 Payments..............       Monthly             Monthly             Monthly
Date of First
 Scheduled Payment.....  December 15, 1998   December 15, 1998  December 15, 1998
Underwriters' 
 Discounts and
 Commissions...........       0.210%               0.280%             0.545%           $399,940.00
Price to Public........      99.99190%            99.99470%          99.99138%     $159,988,261.28
Net Proceeds to the
 Trust (1)(2)..........      99.78190%            99.71470%          99.44638%     $159,588,321.28
</TABLE>
- -----------------
(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, from November 24, 1998.
(2)  Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $250,000.

     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES 
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE NOTES OR CERTIFICATES OR PASSED 
UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE 
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY                                    CHASE SECURITIES INC.


          THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS NOVEMBER 17, 1998.

<PAGE>

                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                               PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                           -----
<S>                                                                        <C>
SUMMARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     The Issuer or the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     Seller and Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     Trust Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     Offered Notes and Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
     The Contracts and Other Assets of the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
     The Closing Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
     Terms of the Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
          Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
          Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
          Principal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
          Optional Redemption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
          Mandatory Special Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
     Terms of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
          Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
          Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
          Principal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
          Optional Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
     Security for the Notes and Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
          The Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-10
          Reserve Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-11
          Pre-Funding Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-11
          Interest Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-12
     Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-12
     Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-12
     Mandatory Repurchase by the Trust Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-12
     Security Interests and Other Aspects of the Contracts . . . . . . . . .S-13
     Servicing Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-14
     Tax Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-14
     ERISA Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-14
RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-15
     Reinvestment Risk Associated with the Pre-Funding Account.. . . . . . .S-15
     The Trust Depositor and Seller Do Not Have Any Obligations to You
          Except As Described Below. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-15
     Certificates are Subordinated to the Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-15
     The Trust Assets are Limited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-15
     Future Delinquency and Loan Loss Experience with Motorcycle Contracts
          Not Predicted by Past Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Security Interests and Other Aspects of the Contracts.. . . . . . . . .S-16
     Limited Liquidity.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Company Bankruptcy Considerations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Yield and Prepayment Considerations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Tax Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Risk of Commingling.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     Year 2000.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
FORMATION OF THE TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
     General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-16
</TABLE>
                                       S-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
     Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-17
     The Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-17
USE OF PROCEEDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-17
THE CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-17
HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-29
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-29
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.;
     EAGLEMARK, INC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
     Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
     Eaglemark, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
     General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
     Payments of Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-30
     Payments of Principal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-31
     Optional Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-31
     Mandatory Redemption Following the Funding Period . . . . . . . . . . .S-31
     The Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-32
     Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-32
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-32
     General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-32
     Distributions of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-33
     Distributions of Principal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-33
     Optional Prepayment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-33
     Mandatory Prepayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-33
     Paying Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-33
CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . .S-33
     Form, Exchange, Registration and Title. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-34
     Conveyance of Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-37
     The Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-40
     Determination of Outstanding Principal Balances . . . . . . . . . . . .S-42
     Distributions on the Notes and Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-43
     Payment Priorities of the Notes and the Certificates. . . . . . . . . .S-44
     Payments from the Reserve Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-44
     Statements to Noteholders and Certificateholders. . . . . . . . . . . .S-44
     Voting Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-46
     Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-46
     List of Noteholders and Certificateholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-48
     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-48
     Payment in Full of Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-49
     The Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-49
     Duties of the Trustees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-49
     Trust Depositor Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-50
     Administration Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-50
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-50
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . .S-51
     Individual Motorcycle Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-51
     Evidence as to Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-51
     Events of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-52
     Rights upon an Event of Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-52
     Advances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-53
SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS;
     REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-53
     General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-53
</TABLE>
                                       S-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
     Security Interests in the Motorcycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-53
     Enforcement of Security Interests in Motorcycles. . . . . . . . . . . .S-54
     Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-55
     Repurchase Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-55
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-55
     General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-55
     Tax Characterization of the Trust and the Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .S-56
     General Tax Treatment of a Holder of a Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-57
     General Tax Treatment of a Holder of a Certificate. . . . . . . . . . .S-57
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-57
     The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-57
     Prohibited Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-57
     The Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-58
UNDERWRITING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-58
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-60
LEGAL MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-60
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-60
ANNEX I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-62
GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-66

                                  PROSPECTUS

AVAILABLE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SUMMARY OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
THE TRUSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
OTHER MANUFACTURERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
THE CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
USE OF PROCEEDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC.;
     AND THE TRUST DEPOSITORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
     POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
OWNER TRUSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
GRANTOR TRUSTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
TAX TREATMENT OF A FASIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
LEGAL MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
</TABLE>

                                       S-4
<PAGE>

                 IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
                PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

     We provide information to you about the Notes and Certificates in two 
separate documents -- this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying 
Prospectus.  The Prospectus provides general information, some of which may 
not apply to the Notes or Certificates, and the Prospectus Supplement 
provides specific information relating to the terms of the Notes and 
Certificates.  TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT 
DIFFER FROM OR MODIFY STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE 
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

     We include cross-references in this Prospectus Supplement and the 
accompanying Prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find 
further related discussions.  The Table of Contents beginning on page S-2 of 
this Prospectus Supplement provides pages on which these captions are located.

     You can find a glossary of the principal capitalized terms used in this 
Prospectus Supplement beginning on page S-66 of this Prospectus Supplement. 
Additionally, you can find a listing of the pages where principal capitalized 
terms used in the accompanying Prospectus are defined under an Index of Terms 
beginning on page 65 of the Prospectus.

     Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic 
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such 
investor's representative within the period during which there is an 
obligation to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Seller or 
such Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without 
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and 
Prospectus.

     The underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or 
otherwise affect the price of the Notes and Certificates.  Such transactions 
may include stabilizing and the purchase of the Notes and Certificates to 
cover syndicate short positions.  For a description of these activities, see 
"UNDERWRITING" herein.

                                       S-5
<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

     THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SELECTED INFORMATION FROM THIS PROSPECTUS 
SUPPLEMENT AND DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT YOU NEED TO CONSIDER 
IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION. TO UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE TERMS OF THE 
OFFERING OF THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, YOU SHOULD READ THIS ENTIRE 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS BEFORE MAKING AN 
INVESTMENT DECISION.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
 The Issuer or the Trust . . . . .  Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust
                                    1998-3.   The Trust's principal offices
                                    will be in care of Wilmington Trust
                                    Company, as Owner Trustee, at its
                                    Corporate Trust Office, 1100 North Market
                                    Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890;
                                    telephone (302) 651-1000.

 Seller and Servicer . . . . . . .  Eaglemark, Inc., a 100% owned subsidiary
                                    of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.

 Trust Depositor . . . . . . . . .  Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation -
                                    IV, a 100% owned subsidiary of Eaglemark,
                                    Inc.

 Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . .  Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware
                                    banking corporation, will be the Owner
                                    Trustee for the Trust.

 Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . .  Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois
                                    banking corporation.  The Indenture
                                    Trustee will also act as Paying Agent
                                    under the Indenture and the Trust
                                    Agreement.

 Offered Notes and
 Certificates  . . . . . . . . . .  The Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle
                                    Trust 1998-3 is offering:

                                    -  $105,000,000 aggregate principal amount
                                    of 5.41% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
                                    Contract Backed Notes,  Class A-1;

                                    -  $45,400,000 aggregate principal amount
                                    of 5.43% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
                                    Contract Backed Notes, Class A-2; and

                                    -  7.10% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
                                    Contract Backed Certificates having an
                                    initial aggregate certificate balance of
                                    $9,600,000.  

                                    The Notes represent indebtedness of the
                                    Trust secured by the assets of the Trust
                                    (other than the Certificate Distribution
                                    Account).  The Certificates represent
                                    fractional undivided equity interests in
                                    the Trust.

                                    The Notes and the Certificates will be
                                    issued in minimum denominations of  $1,000
                                    and will be available in book-entry form
                                    only.  Noteholders and Certificateholders
                                    will be able to receive physical
                                    securities issued in registered form only
                                    in the limited circumstances described
                                    herein.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                                    REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES --
                                    FORM, EXCHANGE, REGISTRATION AND TITLE"
                                    herein. 
</TABLE>
                                       S-6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
 The Contracts and Other Assets of
 the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  The property of the Trust will be a pool
                                    of fixed-rate, simple interest,
                                    conditional sales contracts relating to
                                    motorcycles manufactured by Harley-
                                    Davidson, Inc. and a limited number of
                                    motorcycles manufactured by Buell
                                    Motorcycle Company, an affiliate of
                                    Harley-Davidson, Inc.  Such contracts were
                                    originated by the Seller indirectly
                                    through Harley-Davidson motorcycle
                                    dealers.  Included in the Trust's assets
                                    are security interests in the Harley-
                                    Davidson (and, in certain limited
                                    instances, Buell) motorcycles securing
                                    such Contracts and proceeds, if any, from
                                    certain insurance policies with respect to
                                    such motorcycles.

 The Closing Date  . . . . . . . .  On or about November 24, 1998.

 Terms of the Notes  . . . . . . .  The principal terms of the Notes will be
                                    as described below:

      A. Distribution Date . . . .  Distributions of interest and principal
                                    will be made on the fifteenth day of each
                                    month (or, if such day is not a Business
                                    Day, on the next succeeding Business Day)
                                    commencing December 15, 1998.

      B. Interest  . . . . . . . .  The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at
                                    the rate of 5.41% per annum on the
                                    outstanding principal amount of the Class
                                    A-1 Notes. The Class A-2 Notes will bear
                                    interest at the rate of 5.43% per annum on
                                    the outstanding principal amount of the
                                    Class A-2 Notes.  On each Distribution
                                    Date, payments of interest on the Class A-
                                    1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes will be made
                                    from available collections received on the
                                    Contracts, and from certain other
                                    available amounts as described herein,
                                    without priority of payment between such
                                    classes, but in each case prior to payment
                                    of interest on the Certificates.    See
                                    "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES
                                    AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                                    NOTES AND CERTIFICATES" and "DESCRIPTION
                                    OF THE NOTES -- PAYMENTS OF INTEREST"  for
                                    a discussion of the determination of the
                                    amounts available to pay interest.

                                    Interest on the outstanding principal
                                    amount of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-
                                    2 Notes will accrue at the related
                                    interest rate from and including the
                                    fifteenth day of the month of the most
                                    recent Distribution Date to but excluding
                                    the fifteenth day of the month of the
                                    current Distribution Date based on a 360-
                                    day year consisting of 12 months of 30
                                    days each.  However, the first interest
                                    period will begin on and include the
                                    Closing Date and end on and include
                                    December 14, 1998. 
</TABLE>
                                       S-7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
      C. Principal . . . . . . . .  On each Distribution Date, payments of
                                    principal on the Class A-1 Notes and Class
                                    A-2 Notes will be made from available
                                    collections received on the Contracts, and
                                    from certain other available amounts as
                                    described herein.    Generally, principal
                                    payments will be made first on the Class
                                    A-1 Notes until the Class A-1 Notes have
                                    been repaid in full, and thereafter on the
                                    Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-2 Notes
                                    have been repaid in full, and in each case
                                    prior to any repayment of principal on the
                                    Certificates. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                                    REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES --
                                    DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND
                                    CERTIFICATES" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                                    NOTES -- PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL" for a
                                    discussion of the determination of amounts
                                    available to pay principal.

                                    Holders of Class A-1 Notes are entitled to
                                    receive payment of principal in full no
                                    later than March 2003.  Holders of Class
                                    A-2 Notes are entitled to receive payment
                                    of principal in full no later than October
                                    2004.  You should note, however, that
                                    certain circumstances could cause
                                    principal to be paid earlier or later, or
                                    in reduced amounts.   See "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    THE NOTES -- OPTIONAL REDEMPTION,"
                                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- MANDATORY
                                    SPECIAL REDEMPTION" and "THE NOTES --
                                    EVENTS OF DEFAULT."

      D. Optional
         Redemption. . . . . . . .  In the event that the aggregate
                                    outstanding principal balance of the
                                    Contracts owned by the Trust declines to
                                    less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding
                                    principal balance of the Contracts owned
                                    by the Trust as of the Closing Date and
                                    the Seller, through the Trust Depositor,
                                    has elected to purchase all of the
                                    Contracts owned by the Trust, the Class A-
                                    2 Notes will be redeemed in whole, but not
                                    in part.  The redemption price will be
                                    equal to the unpaid principal amount of
                                    the Class A-2 Notes plus accrued interest
                                    thereon at the related interest rate.  See
                                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- OPTIONAL
                                    REDEMPTION."


      E. Mandatory   
         Special
         Redemption  . . . . . . .  The Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes
                                    will be prepaid in part, without premium,
                                    on the Distribution Date on or immediately
                                    following the last day of the Funding
                                    Period in the event that any amount
                                    remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding
                                    Account.  The aggregate principal amount
                                    of Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes to
                                    be prepaid will generally be an amount
                                    equal to the amount then on deposit in the
                                    Pre-Funding Account allocated pro rata.

 Terms of the Certificates . . . .  The principal terms of the Certificates
                                    will be as described below:

      A. Distribution Date          Distributions of interest and principal
                                    will be made on the fifteenth day of each
                                    month (or, if such day is not a Business
                                    Day, on the next succeeding Business Day)
                                    commencing December 15, 1998.
</TABLE>
                                       S-8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
      B. Interest  . . . . . . . .  The Certificates will accrue interest at
                                    the rate of 7.10% per annum on the
                                    Certificate Balance.  The Certificate
                                    Balance will equal $9,600,000 on the
                                    Closing Date and on any date thereafter
                                    will be $9,600,000 minus all distributions
                                    of principal previously made in respect of
                                    the Certificates.  Interest payments on
                                    the Certificates will be subordinated to
                                    payments of interest and principal on the
                                    Notes.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
                                    THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES --
                                    DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND
                                    CERTIFICATES" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                                    CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST"
                                    for a discussion of the determination of
                                    amounts available to pay interest.

                                    Interest on the outstanding Certificate
                                    Balance will accrue at the related
                                    interest rate from and including the
                                    fifteenth day of the month of the most
                                    recent Distribution Date to but excluding
                                    the fifteenth day of the month of the
                                    current Distribution Date based on a 360-
                                    day year consisting of 12 months of 30
                                    days each.  However, the first interest
                                    period will begin on and include the
                                    Closing Date and end on and include
                                    December 14, 1998. 

      C. Principal . . . . . . . .  No principal will be paid on the
                                    Certificates until the Distribution Date
                                    on which the principal amounts of the
                                    Notes have been reduced to zero.  Payments
                                    of principal on the Certificates will be
                                    made from available collections on the
                                    Contracts, and from certain other
                                    available amounts as described herein. 
                                    Each principal payment will be calculated
                                    to reflect the reduction in the aggregate
                                    principal balance of the Contracts.  See
                                    "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES
                                    AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                                    NOTES AND CERTIFICATES" and "THE
                                    CERTIFICATES --  DISTRIBUTIONS OF
                                    PRINCIPAL" for a discussion of the
                                    determination of amounts available to pay
                                    principal.

                                    Holders of Certificates are entitled to
                                    receive payment of principal in full no
                                    later than September 2006.  You should
                                    note, however, that certain circumstances
                                    could cause principal to be paid earlier
                                    or later, or in reduced amounts.   See
                                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
                                    --OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT" and "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    THE CERTIFICATES -- MANDATORY PREPAYMENT."

      D. Optional
         Prepayment. . . . . . . .  In the event that the aggregate
                                    outstanding principal balances of the
                                    Contracts owned by the Trust declines to
                                    less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding
                                    principal balance of the Contracts owned
                                    by the Trust as of the Closing Date and
                                    the Seller, through the Trust Depositor,
                                    has elected to purchase all of the
                                    Contracts owned by the Trust, the
                                    Certificates will be prepaid in whole, but
                                    not in part.  The repayment price will be
                                    equal to the Certificate Balance plus
                                    accrued interest thereon at the
                                    Certificate interest rate.  See
                                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES --
                                    OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT."

 Security for the Notes and
 Certificates  . . . . . . . . . .  The principal security for the Notes and
                                    Certificates will be as described below:
</TABLE>
                                       S-9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
      A. The Contracts . . . . . .  The Contracts sold to the Trust will be
                                    selected from Contracts in the Trust
                                    Depositor's portfolio based on the
                                    criteria specified in the Transfer and
                                    Sale Agreement.  The Contracts arise and
                                    will arise from loans to Obligors located
                                    in the 50 states of the United States, the
                                    District of Columbia and the U.S.
                                    Territories.  The final scheduled
                                    Distribution Date on the Initial Contract
                                    with the latest maturity will occur in
                                    December 2005.  No Contract (including any
                                    Subsequent Contract) will have a scheduled
                                    maturity later than March 2006.  However,
                                    an Obligor can generally prepay its
                                    Contract at any time without penalty. 

                                       COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                                          (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   <S>                                                       <C>
                                    Aggregate Principal Balance...............................$119,775,316.91
                                    Number of Contracts.................................................9,643
                                    Average Principal Balance......................................$12,420.96
                                    Weighted Average Annual Percentage
                                         Rate ("APR")..................................................13.03%
                                         (Range)..................................................8.50-22.99%
                                    Weighted Average Original Term (in months).......................69.89
                                         (Range)..................................................12 to 84
                                    Weighted Average Calculated Remaining Term (in months)...........68.70
                                         (Range)...................................................4 to 84
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    Following the Closing Date, pursuant to
                                    the Agreement, the Trust Depositor will be
                                    obligated, subject only to the
                                    availability thereof, to sell, and the
                                    Trust will be obligated to purchase and
                                    pledge, subject to the satisfaction of
                                    certain conditions set forth therein,
                                    Subsequent Contracts from time to time. 
                                    Following the transfer of Subsequent
                                    Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate
                                    characteristics  of the entire pool of
                                    Contracts may vary from those of the
                                    Initial Contracts as to the criteria
                                    identified and described above and in 
                                    "THE CONTRACTS" herein.
</TABLE>
                                       S-10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
      B. Reserve Fund  . . . . . .  You will have certain limited protection
                                    against losses in respect of the Contracts
                                    by the establishment of an account,
                                    referred to as the Reserve Fund.

                                    The following amounts will be deposited
                                    into the Reserve Fund on the Closing Date:

                                    -  the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit = $598,876.59
                                    -  the Initial Certificate Reserve Amount = $538,988.93

                                    In addition, on each Subsequent Transfer
                                    Date, 0.95% (0.50% to the Reserve Fund and
                                    0.45% to the Certificate Reserve Amount)
                                    of the balance of each Subsequent Contract
                                    conveyed to the Trust will be deposited
                                    into the Reserve Fund.  On each
                                    Distribution Date, the Reserve Fund will
                                    be supplemented by the deposit of certain
                                    Excess Amounts up to the Specified Reserve
                                    Fund Balance.

                                    On each Distribution Date, the Reserve
                                    Fund Available Amount will be paid to
                                    Noteholders and Certificateholders in the
                                    event there is a shortfall in interest and
                                    principal required to be paid on the Notes
                                    or Certificates.  The Certificate Reserve
                                    Amount will be withdrawn and applied
                                    solely to cover any shortfalls of interest
                                    on the Certificates on each Distribution
                                    Date and of interest and principal on the
                                    Certificates in September 2006.  The
                                    Certificate Reserve Amount will not be
                                    available to pay interest or principal on
                                    the Notes.

                                    On each Distribution Date, after giving
                                    effect to all distributions made on such
                                    Distribution Date, any amounts in the
                                    Reserve Fund that are in excess of the
                                    Specified Reserve Fund Balance will be
                                    allocated and distributed to the Trust
                                    Depositor.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                                    REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES --
                                    PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE
                                    CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE FUND."

      C. Pre-Funding
         Account . . . . . . . . .  On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor
                                    will fund the Pre-Funding Account by
                                    depositing $40,224,683.09.  During the
                                    Funding Period, the Pre-Funding Account
                                    will secure the Trust Depositor's
                                    obligations to purchase and transfer
                                    Subsequent Contracts to the Trust.  The
                                    amount in the Pre-Funding Account will be
                                    reduced by the amount used to purchase
                                    Subsequent Contracts from the Trust
                                    Depositor.  The Trust Depositor expects
                                    that the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced
                                    to less than $150,000 by the Distribution
                                    Date occurring in February 1999.  Any
                                    Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of
                                    the Funding Period will be paid to the
                                    Noteholders as described above in "SUMMARY
                                    OF TERMS -- MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION." 
</TABLE>
                                       S-11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
      D. Interest Reserve
         Account . . . . . . . . .  On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor
                                    will fund the Interest Reserve Account by
                                    depositing $273,876.54.  The Interest
                                    Reserve Account will provide additional
                                    funds for payment of Carrying Charges.  In
                                    addition to the initial deposit, all
                                    investment earnings with respect to the
                                    Pre-Funding Account are to be deposited
                                    into the Interest Reserve Account. 

                                    The Interest Reserve Account will be
                                    established to account for the fact that
                                    the monthly investment earnings on amounts
                                    in the Pre-Funding Account (until such
                                    amounts have been used to purchase
                                    Subsequent Contracts) are expected to be
                                    less than the weighted average of the
                                    interest payments on the Notes and the
                                    Certificates, as well as the amount
                                    necessary to pay trustees' fees.  The
                                    Interest Reserve Account is not designed
                                    to provide any protection against losses
                                    on the Contracts in the Trust.  After the
                                    Funding Period, money remaining in the
                                    Interest Reserve Account will be released
                                    to the Trust Depositor. 

 Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . .  The Notes and Certificates must, prior to
                                    their issuance, receive ratings from
                                    Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A
                                    Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and
                                    Moody's Investors Service, Inc. as set
                                    forth below:

                                                     Standard & Poor's   Moody's
                                                     -----------------   -------
                                    Class A-1 Notes          AAA         Aaa
                                    Class A-2 Notes          AAA         Aaa
                                    Certificates             BBB         Baa2

                                    See "RATINGS OF THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES."

 Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . .  The Servicer is obligated to advance each
                                    month an amount equal to accrued and
                                    unpaid interest on the Contracts which was
                                    delinquent with respect to the related Due
                                    Period, but only to the extent that the
                                    Servicer believes that the amount of such
                                    advance will be recoverable from
                                    collections on the Contracts.  The
                                    Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
                                    of its outstanding advances on any
                                    Distribution Date by means of a first
                                    priority withdrawal of certain funds then
                                    held in the Collection Account.  See
                                    "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES
                                    AND CERTIFICATES--ADVANCES."

 Mandatory Repurchase by the 
 Trust Depositor . . . . . . . . .  Under the Agreement, the Trust Depositor
                                    has agreed, in the event of a breach of
                                    certain representations and warranties
                                    made by the Trust Depositor and contained
                                    therein which materially and adversely
                                    affects the Trust's interest in any
                                    Contract and which has not been cured, to
                                    repurchase such Contract within two
                                    business days prior to the first
                                    Determination Date after the Trust
                                    Depositor becomes aware of such breach. 
                                    See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
                                    NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF
                                    CONTRACTS."
</TABLE>
                                       S-12
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
 Security Interests and Other
 Aspects of the Contracts  . . . .  In connection with the establishment of
                                    the Trust, as well as the assignment,
                                    conveyance and transfer of Contracts
                                    (including Subsequent Contracts) to the
                                    Trust and pledge to the Indenture Trustee,
                                    security interests in the motorcycles
                                    securing the Contracts have been (or will
                                    be):

                                    -  conveyed and assigned by the Seller to
                                    the Trust Depositor pursuant to the
                                    Transfer and Sale Agreement (and, in the
                                    case of Subsequent Contracts, the related
                                    Subsequent Purchase Agreement as defined
                                    therein and executed thereunder);

                                    -  conveyed and assigned by the Trust
                                    Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the
                                    Agreement (and, in the case of Subsequent
                                    Contracts, the related Subsequent Transfer
                                    Agreement as defined herein and executed
                                    thereunder); and

                                    -  pledged by the Trust to the Indenture
                                    Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

                                    The Agreement will designate the Servicer
                                    as custodian to maintain possession, as
                                    the Indenture Trustee's agent, of the
                                    Contracts and any other documents relating
                                    to the motorcycles securing the Contracts. 
                                    Uniform Commercial Code financing
                                    statements will be filed in both Nevada
                                    and Illinois, reflecting the conveyance
                                    and assignment of the Contracts to the
                                    Trust Depositor from the Seller, from the
                                    Trust Depositor to the Trust and the
                                    pledge from the Trust to the Indenture
                                    Trustee, and the Seller's  and the Trust
                                    Depositor's accounting records and
                                    computer systems will also reflect such
                                    conveyance and assignment and pledge.  To
                                    facilitate servicing and save
                                    administrative costs, such documents will
                                    not be segregated from other similar
                                    documents that are in the Servicer's
                                    possession.  However, the Contracts will
                                    be stamped to reflect their conveyance and
                                    assignment and pledge.  If, however,
                                    through fraud, negligence or otherwise, a
                                    subsequent purchaser were able to take
                                    physical possession of the Contracts
                                    without notice of such conveyance and
                                    assignment and pledge, the Trust's and
                                    Indenture Trustee's interest in the
                                    Contracts could be defeated.

                                    In addition, due to administrative burden
                                    and expense, the certificates of title to
                                    the motorcycles relating to the Contracts
                                    will not be amended or reissued to reflect
                                    the conveyance and assignment of the
                                    Seller's security interest in such
                                    motorcycles to the Trust Depositor and the
                                    Trust or the pledge to the Indenture
                                    Trustee.  In the absence of amendments to the
                                    certificates of title, the Trust and Indenture
                                    Trustee will not have a perfected security
                                    interest in such motorcycles in some states.
                                    Further, federal and state consumer protection
                                    laws impose requirements upon creditors in
                                    connection with extensions of credit and
                                    collections on conditional sales contracts,
                                    and certain of these laws make an assignee
                                    of such a contract liable to the obligor
                                    thereon for any violation of such laws by
                                    the lender. The Trust Depositor has agreed
                                    to repurchase any Contract as to which it
                                    has failed to perfect a security interest in
                                    the motorcycle securing such Contract, or as
                                    to which a breach of federal or state laws
                                    exists if such breach materially and adversely
                                    affects the Trust's interest in such Contract
                                    and if such failure or breach has not been
                                    cured within 90 days. The Seller has entered
                                    into a corresponding obligation to repurchase
                                    such Contracts from the Trust Depositor
                                    under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and
                                    Subsequent Purchase Agreements. See "SECURITY
                                    INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS;
                                    REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS."
</TABLE>
                                       S-13
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
 Servicing Fees  . . . . . . . . .  The Servicer will be entitled to receive a
                                    monthly servicing fee equal to 1/12th of
                                    1% of the principal balance of the
                                    Contracts.  The Servicer will also be
                                    entitled to receive any extension fees or
                                    late payment penalty fees paid by
                                    Obligors.  All such fees will be paid to
                                    the Servicer prior to any payments to the
                                    Noteholders or the Certificateholders. 
                                    See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
                                    NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--SERVICING
                                    COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES."

 Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . .  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn,
                                    federal tax counsel to the Trust
                                    Depositor, for federal income tax
                                    purposes, the Notes will be characterized
                                    as debt, and the Trust will not be
                                    characterized as an association (or a
                                    publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
                                    corporation.  Each Noteholder, by the
                                    acceptance of a Note, will agree to treat
                                    the Notes as indebtedness, and each
                                    Certificateholder, by the acceptance of a
                                    Certificate, will agree to treat the Trust
                                    as a partnership in which the
                                    Certificateholders are partners for
                                    federal income tax purposes.  See "FEDERAL
                                    INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES."

 ERISA Considerations  . . . . . .  Subject to the considerations discussed
                                    under "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" herein, the
                                    Notes will be eligible for purchase by
                                    employee benefit plans.   Any benefit plan
                                    fiduciary considering purchase of the
                                    Notes should, however, consult with its
                                    counsel regarding the consequences of such
                                    purchase under ERISA and the Code.  See
                                    "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS."

                                    The Certificates are not eligible for
                                    purchase by (i) employee benefit plans
                                    subject to ERISA, (ii) individual
                                    retirement accounts and other retirement
                                    plans subject to Section 4975 of the Code
                                    or (iii) persons investing on behalf of,
                                    or with assets of, such a plan or account.
</TABLE>
                                       S-14

<PAGE>

                                     RISK FACTORS

     REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.  On the 
Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will transfer $119,775,316.91 of Initial 
Contracts to the Trust, which Initial Contracts the Trust Depositor purchased 
from the Seller using part of the proceeds of the Notes and Certificates sold 
to you.  The Trust Depositor will transfer $40,224,683.09 pursuant to the 
Agreement, into the Pre-Funding Account established and maintained in the 
name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and 
Certificateholders.  Amounts in the Pre-Funding Account will be pledged to 
the Indenture Trustee in order to secure the Trust's obligation to purchase 
from the Trust Depositor and transfer to the Trust the Subsequent Contracts 
in a principal amount equal to such initial deposit into the Pre-Funding 
Account at or before the end of the Funding Period.  There can be no 
assurance that the Seller will continue to generate Contracts that satisfy 
the criteria set forth in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Agreement 
or the criteria described in "THE CONTRACTS" in this Prospectus Supplement.  
See "RISK FACTORS -- SALES OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS AND EFFECTS ON POOL 
CHARACTERISTICS" in the Prospectus.  

     If the Seller fails to originate a principal amount of eligible 
Contracts during the Funding Period which is at least equal to the amount 
initially deposited into the Pre-Funding Account, the Trust Depositor will be 
unable to acquire sufficient Subsequent Contracts to transfer to the Trust 
during the Funding Period.  As a result, the funds remaining in the 
Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period will be used to prepay 
outstanding principal of the Notes.  The Noteholders will receive, on the 
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding 
Period, a prepayment of principal in an amount equal to the amount remaining 
in the Pre-Funding Account pro rata; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event the 
amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account is less than $150,000 such amount 
shall be allocated solely to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes.  See also 
"RISK FACTORS -- REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS AND 
COLLATERAL REINVESTMENT ACCOUNTS" in the Prospectus.  You should note that 
even if the Seller originates sufficient Subsequent Contracts to exhaust most 
of the Pre-Funded Amount, the principal amount of Subsequent Contracts 
conveyed to the Trust by the end of the Funding Period will not be exactly 
equal to the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.   Therefore, you 
should expect that there will be at least a nominal amount of principal 
prepaid to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes at the end of the Funding 
Period in any event.

     Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the 
aggregate characteristics of the entire pool of Contracts may vary from those 
of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date, as to the criteria 
described in "THE CONTRACTS" below. 

     THE TRUST DEPOSITOR AND SELLER DO NOT HAVE ANY OBLIGATIONS TO YOU EXCEPT 
AS DESCRIBED BELOW.  Neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor is generally 
obligated to make any payments in respect of the Notes, Certificates or 
Contracts.  However, in connection with each conveyance of Contracts by the 
Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, the 
Seller and the Trust Depositor will make representations and warranties with 
respect to the characteristics of such Contracts.  In certain circumstances, 
the Seller (through the Trust Depositor) is obligated to repurchase Contracts 
with respect to which such representations or warranties are not true as of 
the date made.  Neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor has any other 
obligations to you (other than in respect of the transfer of Subsequent 
Contracts as described herein).  See also "RISK FACTORS -- TRUST'S 
RELATIONSHIP TO EAGLEMARK, THE TRUST DEPOSITORS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES" and 
"-- RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE NATURE OF THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES" 
in the Prospectus.

     CERTIFICATES ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE NOTES.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND."  Principal and interest payments on the 
Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the Notes as described 
herein. Accordingly, the yield on the Certificates will be sensitive to the 
loss experience on the Contracts and the timing of such losses.  If the 
actual rate and amount of losses experienced on the Contracts exceed the rate 
and amount of losses that you assumed, the yield to maturity of the 
Certificates you purchased may be lower than you anticipated. 

     THE TRUST ASSETS ARE LIMITED.  The Trust will not have, nor is it 
expected to have, any significant assets or sources of funds other than the 
Contracts and its rights under the Agreement, including the Pre-Funding 
Account, the 

                                       S-15
<PAGE>

Interest Reserve Account and the Reserve Fund.  You must rely for repayment 
upon payments on the Contracts and, if and to the extent available, amounts 
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the Interest Reserve Account and the 
Reserve Fund.  The Pre-Funding Account and the Interest Reserve Account will 
be available during the Funding Period.  The Pre-Funding Account will be used 
solely to purchase Subsequent Contracts and is not available to cover losses 
on the Contracts.  The Interest Reserve Account is designed to cover 
obligations of the Trust relating to that portion of the initial Note net 
proceeds not invested in Contracts, and is not designed to provide any 
protection against losses on the Contracts.

     FUTURE DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS 
NOT PREDICTED BY PAST PERFORMANCE.  Eaglemark's delinquency experience and 
loan loss and repossession experience set forth under "THE CONTRACTS" may not 
be indicative of the performance of the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor 
and held by the Trust and pledged to the Indenture Trustee.  See "RISK 
FACTORS --SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE 
CONTRACTS OR GENERATION OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS" in the Prospectus.

     SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS.  See generally 
"RISK FACTORS -- RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED 
MOTORCYCLES," "ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO 
REALIZE ON ITS SECURITY INTEREST - BANKRUPTCY LAWS" and "-- ADDITIONAL LEGAL 
LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE ON ITS SECURITY 
INTEREST - CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" in the Prospectus.

     LIMITED LIQUIDITY.  There is currently no secondary market for the Notes 
and Certificates offered hereby.  The underwriters currently intend to make a 
market in the Notes and Certificates, but they are under no obligation to do 
so. There can be no assurance that a secondary market will develop or, if a 
secondary market does develop, that it will provide you with a liquid 
investment or that it will continue while you own Notes or Certificates.  As 
a result, you may not be able to resell your Notes or Certificates prior to 
maturity.

     COMPANY BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS.  See generally "RISK FACTORS -- 
COMPANY BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS" in the Prospectus.

     YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS.  See generally "RISK FACTORS 
- --PREPAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS AFFECT YIELD OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES" in the 
Prospectus.

     TAX STATUS.  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn as federal income tax 
counsel to the Trust Depositor, for federal income tax purposes, the Notes 
will be characterized as debt and the Trust will not be characterized as an 
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation.  As no 
cases, regulations or administrative rulings have addressed transactions 
similar to those described herein, however, there can be no assurance the IRS 
or a court will not take contrary positions.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
CONSIDERATIONS."

     RISK OF COMMINGLING.  The Seller has initiated a direct debit program 
with certain Obligors pursuant to which payments to be made by such Obligors 
will be transferred from their checking or savings accounts to an account in 
the Seller's name and remitted on a daily basis to a lockbox account and 
transferred from such lockbox account pursuant to the Servicer's instructions 
to the related Collection Account as specified in this Prospectus Supplement. 
 Pending transfer of such funds from the Seller's account to the Collection 
Account such funds will not be segregated from other funds of the Seller held 
in the account.  See generally "RISK FACTORS--RISK OF COMMINGLING" and 
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--THE ACCOUNTS" in 
the Prospectus.

     YEAR 2000.  See generally "RISK FACTORS--RISKS RELATED TO YEAR 2000 
ISSUES" in the Prospectus.

                                FORMATION OF THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The Trust will be a business trust formed under the laws of the State of 
Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the transactions described 
herein. After its formation, the Trust will engage in only a limited set of 
activities. The Trust's activities are limited to: (i) acquiring, holding and 
managing the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds 
therefrom; (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates; (iii) making payments 
on the 

                                       S-16
<PAGE>

Notes and the Certificates; and (iv) engaging in other activities that are 
necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing purposes or 
that are incidental to or connected with the foregoing purposes.

     On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will sell and assign the 
Contracts to the Trust.  Eaglemark will act as Servicer of the Contracts and 
will receive compensation and fees for such services.  See "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- SERVICING COMPENSATION 
AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES." 

     The Trust's principal offices will be in Wilmington, Delaware, in care 
of Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, at the address listed below 
under "THE OWNER TRUSTEE."

CAPITALIZATION

     The Trust will initially be capitalized with equity equal to $9,600,000, 
representing the initial Certificate Balance.  The Trust Depositor will 
purchase Certificates with an initial certificate balance of approximately 1% 
of the initial Certificate Balance and the remaining equity interests will be 
sold to third party investors that are expected to be unaffiliated with the 
Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or the Trust.

     The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of 
the Cut-Off Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes and Certificates 
had taken place, on such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                                             <C>
          Class A-1 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $105,000,000
          Class A-2 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $45,400,000
          Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $9,600,000
                                                          ------------
                      Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $160,000,000
                                                          ------------
                                                          ------------
</TABLE>

THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     Wilmington Trust Company will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust 
Agreement. Wilmington Trust Company is a Delaware corporation and its 
Corporate Trust Office is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, 
Delaware 19890.

     The Owner Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth herein under 
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- THE TRUSTEES" 
and "-- DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES."

                                   USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Trust Depositor will use the net proceeds received from the sale of 
the Notes and Certificates (i) for the purchase of the Initial Contracts and 
related assets from the Seller, and (ii) the remainder for the funding of the 
Pre-Funding Account.  The Seller will use the net proceeds from the Trust 
Depositor's purchase of the Initial Contracts, as well as Subsequent 
Contracts, for the repayment of a substantial portion of the outstanding 
principal of the warehouse lines through which it finances its motorcycle 
conditional sales contracts.  Following each such repayment, it is expected 
that the warehouse lines will be used to build a new portfolio of motorcycle 
conditional sales contracts.

                                    THE CONTRACTS

     The Contracts are (or will be, in the case of Subsequent Contracts) 
fixed-rate simple interest conditional sales contracts relating to 
motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson or in a limited number of cases, 
motorcycles manufactured by Buell Motorcycle Company, an affiliate of 
Harley-Davidson.  The Contracts were originated by the Seller indirectly 
through Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealers.

                                       S-17
<PAGE>

     Each Contract (a) is (or will be) secured by a motorcycle manufactured 
by Harley-Davidson or Buell Motorcycle Company, (b) has (or will have) a 
fixed annual percentage rate and provide for, if timely made, payments of 
principal and interest which fully amortize the loan on a simple interest 
basis over its term, (c) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its last 
scheduled payment due no later than December 2005, and with respect to the 
Contracts as a whole (including any Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the 
Trust after the Closing Date), will have a last scheduled payment due no 
later than March 2006, and (d) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its 
first scheduled payment due no later than January 1999.  The Contracts were 
(or will be) acquired by the Trust Depositor in the ordinary course of the 
Trust Depositor's business.  A detailed listing of the Initial Contracts is 
appended to the Agreement.  (For general composition of the Initial Contracts 
see Table 1 below).  Approximately 66.39% of the Principal Balance of the 
Initial Contracts as of the initial Cutoff Date is attributable to loans to 
purchase motorcycles which were new and approximately 33.61% is attributable 
to loans to purchase motorcycles which were used at the time the related 
Contract was originated.  All Initial Contracts have a contractual rate of 
interest of at least 8.50% per annum and not more than 22.99% per annum and 
the weighted average contractual rate of interest of the Initial Contracts as 
of the initial Cutoff Date is approximately 13.03% per annum (see Table 2 
below).  The Initial Contracts have remaining maturities as of the initial 
Cutoff Date of at least 4 months but not more than 84 months and original 
maturities of at least 12 months but not more than 84 months.  The Initial 
Contracts had a weighted average term to scheduled maturity, as of 
origination, of approximately 69.89 months, and a weighted average term to 
scheduled maturity as of the initial Cutoff Date of approximately 68.70 
months (see Tables 3 and 4 below).  The average principal balance per Initial 
Contract as of the initial Cutoff Date was approximately $12,420.96 and the 
principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of the initial Cutoff Date 
ranged from $726.55 to $31,682.58 (see Table 5 below).  The Contracts arise 
(or will arise) from loans to Obligors located in 50 states, the District of 
Columbia and the U.S. Territories and with respect to the Initial Contracts, 
constitute the following approximate amounts expressed as a percentage of the 
aggregate principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of the initial 
Cutoff Date: 11.67% in California, 9.03% in Texas, 7.92% in Florida and 5.67% 
in Pennsylvania (see Table 6 below).  No other state represented more than 
4.04% of the Initial Contracts.

     Subsequent Contracts will not need to satisfy any criteria except for 
the criteria described in the preceding paragraph and under "RISK FACTORS -- 
THE CONTRACTS AND THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT."  Therefore, following the 
transfer of the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate 
characteristics of the entire pool of the Contracts, including the 
composition of the Contracts, the distribution by weighted average annual 
percentage rate of the Contracts, the distribution by calculated remaining 
term of the Contracts, the distribution by original term to maturity of the 
Contracts, the distribution by current balance of the Contracts, and the 
geographic distribution of the Contracts, described in the following tables, 
may vary from those of the Initial Contracts as of the initial Cutoff Date.

     The motorcycle dealer agreements between each of the originating dealers 
and the Seller require the originating dealer to repurchase certain 
motorcycles repossessed by the Seller in the event of a default by the 
Obligor; this dealer obligation to repurchase will be assigned by the Seller 
to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, assigned 
from the Trust Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and pledged 
from the Trust to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.  There can 
be no assurance that an originating dealer will repurchase motorcycles under 
such motorcycle dealer agreements if and when required to do so.

                                       S-18
<PAGE>


                                       TABLE 1

                         COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                           (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $119,775,316.91
Number of Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             9,643
Average Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        $12,420.96
Weighted Average Annual Percentage
     Rate ("APR") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            13.03%
     (Range). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8.50% - 22.99%
Weighted Average Original Term (in months). . . . . . . . .             69.89
     (Range). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          12 to 84
Weighted Average Calculated Remaining Term (in months). . .             68.70
     (Range). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           4 to 84
</TABLE>
                                       S-19
<PAGE>

                                       TABLE 2

                     DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                           (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PERCENT
                               NUMBER OF         NUMBER OF                 TOTAL OUTSTANDING               PERCENT OF POOL
        RATE                   CONTRACTS        CONTRACTS(1)               PRINCIPAL BALANCE                  BALANCE(1)
        ----                   ---------        -----------                -----------------               ---------------
 <S>                            <C>                <C>                      <C>                                  <C>
   8.500- 9.000%                    164               1.70%                  $  2,173,571.62                        1.81%
   9.001-10.000                     601               6.23                      8,592,292.72                        7.17
  10.001-11.000                     969              10.05                     13,404,995.61                       11.19
  11.001-12.000                   1,546              16.03                     19,773,567.35                       16.51
  12.001-13.000                   2,556              26.51                     31,991,624.69                       26.71
  13.001-14.000                   1,765              18.30                     20,500,188.48                       17.12
  14.001-15.000                     938               9.73                     10,835,322.07                        9.05
  15.001-16.000                     398               4.13                      4,421,046.50                        3.69
  16.001-17.000                      91               0.94                      1,057,475.88                        0.88
  17.001-18.000                     188               1.95                      2,169,462.36                        1.81
  18.001-19.000                      44               0.46                        561,796.41                        0.47
  19.001-20.000                     188               1.95                      2,150,519.89                        1.80
  20.001-21.000                      72               0.75                        732,455.93                        0.61
  21.001-22.000                     122               1.27                      1,395,832.58                        1.17
  22.001-22.990                       1               0.01                         15,164.82                        0.01
                                  -----             ------                   ---------------                      ------

  Totals:                         9,643             100.00%                  $119,775,316.91                      100.00%
</TABLE>

(1)  Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.



                                      TABLE 3

                     DISTRIBUTION BY CALCULATED REMAINING TERM
                              OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                          (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PERCENT
  CALCULATED REMAINING         NUMBER OF         NUMBER OF                 TOTAL OUTSTANDING               PERCENT OF POOL
      TERM(MONTHS)             CONTRACTS        CONTRACTS(1)               PRINCIPAL BALANCE                  BALANCE(1)
  --------------------         ---------        -----------                -----------------               ---------------
 <S>                            <C>                <C>                      <C>                                  <C>
       0 - 12                       24                0.25%                  $     87,194.33                        0.07%
      13 - 24                      139                1.44                        847,034.99                        0.71
      25 - 36                      281                2.91                      2,087,348.50                        1.74
      37 - 48                      527                5.47                      4,804,835.87                        4.01
      49 - 60                    1,977               20.50                     21,192,825.30                       17.69
      61 - 72                    5,659               58.69                     72,773,320.36                       60.76
      73 - 84                    1,036               10.74                     17,982,757.56                       15.01
                                 -----              ------                   ---------------                      ------

      TOTALS:                    9,643              100.00%                  $119,775,316.91                      100.00%
</TABLE>

(1)  Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding

                                       S-20
<PAGE>

                                       TABLE 4
                      DISTRIBUTION BY ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY
                               OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                           (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              TOTAL
                                                     PERCENT OF            OUTSTANDING
           ORIGINAL                NUMBER OF          NUMBER OF             PRINCIPAL                   PERCENT OF
          TERM (MONTHS)            CONTRACTS         CONTRACTS(1)            BALANCE                  POOL BALANCE(1)
          ------------             ---------         -----------           -----------                --------------
           <S>                       <C>             <C>                <C>                              <C>
              0 - 12                      8              0.08%           $     49,699.30                    0.04%
             13 - 24                    111              1.15                 727,119.56                    0.61
             25 - 36                    258              2.68               1,929,281.49                    1.61
             37 - 48                    506              5.25               4,582,415.27                    3.83
             49 - 60                  1,959             20.32              20,803,372.82                   17.37
             61 - 72                  5,696             59.07              72,896,061.95                   60.86
             73 - 84                  1,105             11.46              18,787,366.52                   15.69
                                      -----           -------            ---------------                  ------
TOTALS:                               9,643           100.00%            $119,775,316.91                  100.00%
</TABLE>

(1)  Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.

                                       S-21
<PAGE>

                                      TABLE 5
              DISTRIBUTION BY CURRENT BALANCE OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                          (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERCENT OF
                                         NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF     TOTAL OUTSTANDING        PERCENT OF POOL
       CURRENT BALANCE                   CONTRACTS      CONTRACTS(1)   PRINCIPAL BALANCE           BALANCE(1)
       ---------------                   ---------      -----------    -----------------           ---------
 <S>                                      <C>            <C>           <C>                         <C>
  $        0.01 -  1,000.00                    1            0.01%       $        726.55               0.00%
  $    1,000.01 -  2,000.00                   30            0.31              52,357.99               0.04
  $    2,000.01 -  3,000.00                   64            0.66             168,150.25               0.14
  $    3,000.01 -  4,000.00                  125            1.30             452,023.45               0.38
  $    4,000.01 -  5,000.00                  221            2.29           1,005,851.07               0.84
  $    5,000.01 -  6,000.00                  345            3.58           1,916,964.94               1.60
  $    6,000.01 -  7,000.00                  575            5.96           3,755,647.60               3.14
  $    7,000.01 -  8,000.00                  619            6.42           4,662,022.14               3.89
  $    8,000.01 -  9,000.00                  680            7.05           5,800,933.74               4.84
  $    9,000.01 - 10,000.00                  721            7.48           6,881,724.73               5.75
  $   10,000.01 - 11,000.00                  545            5.65           5,721,517.22               4.78
  $   11,000.01 - 12,000.00                  529            5.49           6,099,028.83               5.09
  $   12,000.01 - 13,000.00                  562            5.83           7,034,175.41               5.87
  $   13,000.01 - 14,000.00                  689            7.15           9,307,046.83               7.77
  $   14,000.01 - 15,000.00                  735            7.62          10,712,886.59               8.94
  $   15,000.01 - 16,000.00                  796            8.25          12,340,894.94              10.30
  $   16,000.01 - 17,000.00                  779            8.08          12,847,915.79              10.73
  $   17,000.01 - 18,000.00                  572            5.93          10,012,470.73               8.36
  $   18,000.01 - 19,000.00                  416            4.31           7,684,948.83               6.42
  $   19,000.01 - 20,000.00                  258            2.68           5,032,872.45               4.20
  $   20,000.01 - 21,000.00                  166            1.72           3,396,616.01               2.84
  $   21,000.01 - 22,000.00                  92             0.95           1,970,367.47               1.65
  $   22,000.01 - 23,000.00                  57             0.59           1,280,854.47               1.07
  $   23,000.01 - 24,000.00                  28             0.29             654,651.71               0.55
  $   24,000.01 - 25,000.00                  11             0.11             271,223.69               0.23
  $   25,000.01 - 26,000.00                  14             0.15             356,818.96               0.30
  $   26,000.01 - 27,000.00                   9             0.09             238,870.96               0.20
  $   27,000.01 - 28,000.00                   2             0.02              54,776.28               0.05
  $   29,000.01 - 30,000.00                   1             0.01              29,294.70               0.02
  $   31,000.01 - 32,000.00                   1             0.01              31,682.58               0.03
                                          -----           ------        ---------------             ------

                     TOTALS:              9,643           100.00%       $119,775,316.91             100.00%
</TABLE>

(1)  Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.

                                       S-22
<PAGE>

                                      TABLE 6
                  GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                           (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENT OF                                  PERCENT OF
                                        NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF         TOTAL OUTSTANDING            POOL
                STATE                   CONTRACTS            CONTRACTS(1)       PRINCIPAL BALANCE          BALANCE(1)
                -----                   ---------            ------------       -----------------         -----------
        <S>                              <C>                    <C>                 <C>                     <C>
               ALABAMA                      138                   1.43%              $  1,809,271.28            1.51%
                ALASKA                       29                   0.30                    337,440.76            0.28
               ARIZONA                      293                   3.04                  4,260,127.06            3.56
               ARKANSAS                      40                   0.41                    529,405.59            0.44
              CALIFORNIA                  1,107                  11.48                 13,978,977.71           11.67
               COLORADO                     155                   1.61                  2,001,689.04            1.67
             CONNECTICUT                    177                   1.84                  2,029,276.73            1.69
               DELAWARE                      42                   0.44                    506,831.45            0.42
         DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA                 3                   0.03                     48,931.20            0.04
               FLORIDA                      728                   7.55                  9,487,711.03            7.92
               GEORGIA                      214                   2.22                  2,882,581.58            2.41
                HAWAII                       75                   0.78                    922,854.08            0.77
                IDAHO                         9                   0.09                    102,594.10            0.09
               ILLINOIS                     384                   3.98                  4,596,273.28            3.84
               INDIANA                      189                   1.96                  2,382,919.67            1.99
                 IOWA                        87                   0.90                  1,082,072.51            0.90
                KANSAS                       79                   0.82                    941,603.80            0.79
               KENTUCKY                     103                   1.07                  1,215,635.61            1.01
               LOUISANA                      88                   0.91                  1,112,526.12            0.93
                MAINE                        25                   0.26                    281,924.63            0.24
               MARYLAND                     267                   2.77                  3,189,582.37            2.66
            MASSACHUSETTS                   188                   1.95                  2,089,000.61            1.74
               MICHIGAN                     179                   1.86                  2,343,257.73            1.96
              MINNESOTA                      84                   0.87                  1,013,926.81            0.85
             MISSISSIPPI                     22                   0.23                    278,653.20            0.23
               MISSOURI                     108                   1.12                  1,264,156.08            1.06
               MONTANA                       42                   0.44                    479,857.42            0.40
               NEBRASKA                      36                   0.37                    416,338.20            0.35
                NEVADA                      151                   1.57                  1,947,025.20            1.63
            NEW HAMPSHIRE                    92                   0.95                  1,084,601.78            0.91
              NEW JERSEY                    365                   3.79                  4,114,318.08            3.44
              NEW MEXICO                    134                   1.39                  1,805,265.76            1.51
</TABLE>
                                       S-23
<PAGE>

                                     TABLE 6
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                                   (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENT OF                                  PERCENT OF
                                        NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF            TOTAL OUTSTANDING         POOL
                STATE                   CONTRACTS            CONTRACTS(1)          PRINCIPAL BALANCE       BALANCE(1)
                -----                   ---------            ------------          -----------------      -----------
        <S>                              <C>                    <C>                 <C>                     <C>
               NEW YORK                     297                   3.08%              $  3,386,950.53            2.83%
            NORTH CAROLINA                  379                   3.93                  4,557,843.93            3.81
             NORTH DAKOTA                    12                   0.12                    147,441.12            0.12
                 OHIO                       431                   4.47                  4,833,485.56            4.04
               OKLAHOMA                     106                   1.10                  1,377,735.61            1.15
                OREGON                      143                   1.48                  1,716,218.37            1.43
             PENNSYLVANIA                   602                   6.24                  6,788,188.83            5.67
             RHODE ISLAND                    24                   0.25                    280,574.35            0.23
            SOUTH CAROLINA                  138                   1.43                  1,743,406.63            1.46
             SOUTH DAKOTA                    19                   0.20                    204,475.02            0.17
              TENNESSEE                     207                   2.15                  2,788,010.38            2.33
                TEXAS                       790                   8.19                 10,812,393.12            9.03
                 UTAH                        38                   0.39                    431,168.69            0.36
               VERMONT                        8                   0.08                    110,168.61            0.09
               VIRGINIA                     283                   2.93                  3,360,591.72            2.81
              WASHINGTON                    301                   3.12                  3,924,025.13            3.28
            WEST VIRGINIA                    41                   0.43                    474,309.69            0.40
              WISCONSIN                     171                   1.77                  2,065,980.84            1.72
               WYOMING                       19                   0.20                    232,717.00            0.19
                OTHER                         1                   0.01                      3,001.31            0.00
                                          -----                 ------               ---------------          ------
         TOTALS:                          9,643                 100.00%              $119,775,316.91          100.00%
</TABLE>

(1)      Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.

                                       S-24
<PAGE>

DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS AND REPOSSESSION INFORMATION

     The Seller was organized in January 1993 and is a 100% owned subsidiary of
Eaglemark Financial.  The Seller  began purchasing and servicing conditional
sales contracts for motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson and Buell
Motorcycle Company in February 1993.  Accordingly, the Seller  has not
accumulated a significant amount of delinquency and loss data on Motorcycle
conditional sales contracts similar to the Contracts.  See "RISK FACTORS --
LIMITED EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS."

     The following tables set forth the delinquency experience and loan loss and
repossession experience of the Seller's portfolio of conditional sales contracts
for motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson and Buell Motorcycle Company. 
These figures include data in respect of contracts which the Seller has
previously sold with respect to prior securitizations and for which the Seller
acts as servicer.

                                       S-25
<PAGE>

                             DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)/
                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                         AT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   _______________________________________________________________________________________

                      DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,           DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 30,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                      ------------          ------------           ------------          -------------        -------------
                         1995                  1996                   1997                   1997                  1998
                         ----                  ----                   ----                   ----                  ----
<S>               <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>

NUMBER OF
CONTRACTS AND
ASSOCIATED
OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL DOLLAR
BALANCES............20,590  $184,054.0    32,574   $303,682.4    45,258   $434,890.7    43,679   $421,433.7   56,434   $553,838.3

PERIOD OF
DELINQUENCY AND
ASSOCIATED
OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL
BALANCES(2)/
30-59 DAYS..........   477  $  4,043.3       904   $  8,002.9     1,264   $ 11,454.6     1,538   $ 13,982.8    1,295   $ 11,679.5
60-89 DAYS..........   157  $  1,298.7       374   $  3,170.7       559   $  5,112.1       595   $  5,339.1      318   $  2,935.1
90 DAYS OR MORE.....   140  $  1,120.2       213   $  1,880.6       269   $  2,196.5       406   $  3,471.2       99   $    853.9


TOTAL NUMBER OF
DELINQUENT
CONTRACTS...........   774                 1,491                  2,092                  2,539                 1,712



DELINQUENT
CONTRACTS AS A % OF
TOTAL NUMBER OF
CONTRACTS...........  3.76%                 4.58%                  4.62%                  5.81%                 3.03%



AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCE
OF DELINQUENT
CONTRACTS...........        $  6,462.2             $ 13,054.2             $ 18,763.2             $ 22,793.1            $ 15,468.5
</TABLE>
                                       S-26

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      DECEMBER 31,          DECEMBER 31,           DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 30,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                      ------------          ------------           ------------          -------------        -------------
                         1995                  1996                   1997                   1997                  1998
                         ----                  ----                   ----                   ----                  ----
<S>                <C>                    <C>                    <C>                   <C>                  <C>


AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCE
OF DELINQUENT
CONTRACTS AS A
PERCENTAGE OF THE
AGGREGATE
OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL BALANCE
OF CONTRACTS...             3.51%                  4.30%                   4.31%                  5.41%                2.79%
</TABLE>

(1)  Excludes Contracts already in repossession, which Contracts the Servicer
     does not consider outstanding.

(2)  The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently, a Contract
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days delinquent until the first
     day of the next month.  Obligors do not receive initial statements until 60
     days after the origination of their Contracts; therefore, the Obligors'
     associated nonpayment is not considered for delinquency experience until
     after the end of such 60-day period.

                                       S-27
<PAGE>

                         LOAN LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE
                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  TWELVE            TWELVE             TWELVE            NINE             NINE
                                  MONTHS            MONTHS             MONTHS           MONTHS           MONTHS
                                  ENDED             ENDED              ENDED             ENDED            ENDED
                                 DECEMBER          DECEMBER           DECEMBER         SEPTEMBER        SEPTEMBER
                                    31,               31,                31,               30,              30,
                                   1995              1996               1997              1997             1998
                                   ----              ----               ----              ----             ----
<S>                           <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>              <C>
PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF
ALL CONTRACTS
SERVICED(1)................    $184,548.7         $304,730.9         $436,771.0        $422,265.3       $555,597.4

CONTRACT
LIQUIDATIONS(2)............          0.76%              0.74%              1.42%             1.33%            1.47%

NET LOSSES:
 DOLLARS(3)................        $866.4           $1,639.5           $3,781.1          $2,327.7         $2,770.0

PERCENTAGE(4)..............          0.47%              0.54%              0.87%             0.73%            0.66%
</TABLE>

(1)  As of period end.  Includes Contracts already in repossession.
(2)  As a percentage of the total number of Contracts being serviced as of
     period end, calculated on an annualized basis.
(3)  The calculation of net loss includes actual charge-offs, deficiency
     balances remaining after liquidation of repossessed vehicles and expenses
     of repossession and liquidation, net of recoveries.
(4)  As a percentage of the principal amount of Contracts being serviced as of
     period end, calculated on an annualized basis.




THE DATA PRESENTED IN THE FOREGOING TABLES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY
AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS OR REPOSSESSION
EXPERIENCE OF THE CONTRACTS WILL BE SIMILAR TO THAT SET FORTH ABOVE.

                                       S-28
<PAGE>

                             HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES

     All of the motorcycles securing Contracts were manufactured by 
Harley-Davidson, Inc., except not more than 2.5% of the Contracts (including 
all Subsequent Contracts) relate to, and are secured by, motorcycles 
manufactured by Buell.  Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using 
engines and certain other parts manufactured by Harley-Davidson.  Buell is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Harley-Davidson.

     Harley-Davidson produces and sells premium heavyweight motorcycles.  
Within the heavyweight class, Harley-Davidson sells touring motorcycles 
(equipped for long-distance touring), as well as custom motorcycles which 
emphasize the distinctive styling associated with certain classic 
Harley-Davidson motorcycles. Harley-Davidson motorcycles are based on 
variations of five basic chassis designs and are powered by one of four air 
cooled, twin cylinder engines of "V" configuration which have displacements 
of 883cc, 1200cc, 1340cc and 1450cc. Harley-Davidson manufactures its own 
engines and frames and is the largest manufacturer of motorcycles in the 
United States.  

     Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using Harley-Davidson 1200cc 
engines that are further modified in the manufacturing process, as well as 
certain other Harley parts.  The "PERFORMANCE" aspect of the motorcycles 
refers to overall handling characteristics of the motorcycle, including 
cornering, acceleration and braking.  Buell motorcycles and related products 
are currently distributed exclusively through Harley-Davidson dealers.  
Buell's overall share of the "PERFORMANCE" market is negligible, but 
increasing.

                         YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     By their terms, the Contracts may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at 
any time.  Each Contract also contains a provision which permits the Seller 
to require full prepayment in the event of a sale of the related motorcycle 
securing a Contract.  In addition, repurchases of the Contracts from the 
Trust by the Trust Depositor, and concurrently from the Trust Depositor by 
the Seller, could occur in the event of a breach of certain representation 
and warranties with respect to the Contracts.  Repurchases of Contracts from 
the Trust by the Trust Depositor, and concurrently from the Trust Depositor 
by the Seller, could also occur if the Trust Depositor exercises its limited 
option to repurchase the Contracts from the Trust when the aggregate 
outstanding principal balances of the Contracts owned by the Trust has 
declined to less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding principal balances of 
the Contracts owned by the Trust as of the Closing Date.  Any prepayments and 
repurchases of Contracts will reduce the average life of the Notes and 
Certificates and the interest received by the holders of the Notes and 
Certificates over the life of the Notes and Certificates (for this purpose 
the term "PREPAYMENT" includes liquidations due to default, as well as 
receipt of proceeds from credit life, credit disability and casualty 
insurance policies).  In addition, funds remaining in the Pre-Funding Account 
at the end of the Funding Period will be used to prepay outstanding principal 
of the Notes and as a result, the interest received by Noteholders over the 
life of the Notes will be reduced.

     Payments on the Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the 
Notes. Accordingly, you should expect that the yield on the Certificates will 
be sensitive to the loss experience on the Contracts and the timing of such 
losses. The yield to maturity of the Certificates may be lower than you 
anticipated, if the actual rate and amount of losses experienced on the 
Contracts exceed the rate and amount of losses you expected when you 
purchased the Certificates.

     The final scheduled Distribution Date on the Initial Contract with the 
latest maturity will occur in December 2005. The final scheduled Distribution 
Date on the Contract with the latest maturity among the Contracts as a whole, 
including any Subsequent Contracts, will not occur later than March 2006.

                                       S-29
<PAGE>

                         EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.;
                                   EAGLEMARK, INC.

EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 

     Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. was formed in June 1992 with a 
capital infusion of $10,000,000 from Harley-Davidson and an additional 
$15,000,000 capital contribution from a major institutional investor in 
January 1993.  In November 1995, Harley-Davidson purchased the equity owned 
by the major institutional investor and as a result Eaglemark Financial 
Services, Inc. is a 97.8% owned subsidiary of Harley-Davidson  The business 
of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc., through its 100% ownership of 
Eaglemark, has been to provide wholesale and retail financing, credit card 
and insurance services to dealers and customers of Harley-Davidson. 

EAGLEMARK, INC. 

     Eaglemark, Inc. ("EAGLEMARK") is a Nevada corporation and is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.  Eaglemark  
began operations in January 1993 when it purchased the $85 million wholesale 
financing portfolio of certain Harley-Davidson dealers from ITT Commercial 
Finance; subsequently, Eaglemark entered the retail consumer finance 
business.  Eaglemark provides financing to Harley-Davidson customers for new 
and used motorcycles, as well as certain other recreational products such as 
single-engine aircraft and marine products.  Harley-Davidson motorcycles are 
financed through Canadian Harley-Davidson dealers under the trade name 
"Deeley Credit."  Eaglemark also finances extended service contracts on 
Harley-Davidson and Buell motorcycles. Eaglemark's financing, credit card and 
insurance programs are designed to work together as a package that appeals to 
the needs of Harley-Davidson's customers. The intent of such a package is to 
increase dealer and customer loyalty to Eaglemark while improving revenue and 
profits over time.  Eaglemark's principal executive offices are located at 
4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706 (telephone 702/886-3200).  As 
of December 31, 1997, Eaglemark had total assets of $551.8 million, and 
stockholder's equity of $68.1 million.

                      EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV

     The Trust Depositor is a special purpose corporation incorporated in the 
State of Nevada in October 1996.  All of the common stock of the Trust 
Depositor is owned by the Seller.  All of the officers and directors of the 
Trust Depositor are employed by the Seller, except that at least two 
directors of the Trust Depositor are required to be independent of the Trust 
Depositor.  The Trust Depositor's business is limited to purchasing the 
Contracts and related assets (and other similar retail motorcycle installment 
conditional sales contracts) from the Seller, acting as the general partner 
of the Trust and other similar trusts and performing the obligations 
described in the Agreement and the Transfer and Sale Agreement (as well as 
similar agreements entered into in connection with the formation of similar 
trusts).

                               DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

     The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture.   

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

     Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes will accrue at 
the applicable interest rate from and including the fifteenth day of the 
month of the most recent Distribution Date based on a 360-day year consisting 
of 30 days each (or from and including the Closing Date with respect to the 
first Distribution Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day of the month of 
the current Distribution Date.

                                       S-30
<PAGE>

      Interest payments on the Notes will be made from Available Monies. 
However, the following fees will be paid out of Available Monies before such 
funds are used to make interest payments on the Notes:

     -    a monthly servicing fee to be paid to the Servicer which equals 1/12th
          of 1% of the principal balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of
          such Due Period and any accrued and unpaid monthly servicing fees;
     -    any extension fees or late payment penalty fees paid by Obligors are
          payable to the Servicer; and
     -    all accrued and unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee.

See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS
ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

     Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders, to the extent 
described below, on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Note 
Percentage of the related Note Principal Distributable Amount, in each case 
calculated as described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES --DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE 
NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."  Principal 
payments on the Notes will be made from Available Monies after all of the 
Trust's fees and expenses have been paid, and after distribution of the Note 
Interest Distributable Amount.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES 
AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS 
TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."

     Principal payments on the Notes will be applied on each Distribution 
Date from the Note Distribution Account as follows: first, to the holders of 
the Class A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has 
been reduced to zero, but in no event later than March 2003 and second, to 
the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal amount of the Class 
A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero, but in no event later than October 2004.  
However, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of any class of Notes is 
paid may be earlier than the dates set forth in the prior sentence as a 
result of a variety of factors, including the factors described under "YIELD 
AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS."

     To the extent that the Aggregate Principal Balance Decline is greater 
than the principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes on any Distribution Date, 
the Aggregate Principal Balance Decline will first be allocated to reduce the 
principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero and will thereafter be 
allocated to the Class A-2 Notes. 

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     In the event the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the 
Contracts owned by the Trust declines to less than 10% of the aggregate 
outstanding principal balance of the Contracts owned by the Trust as of the 
Closing Date and the Seller, through the Trust Depositor, has elected to 
purchase all of the Contracts owned by the Trust, the Class A-2  Notes will 
be subject to redemption in whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date. 
 The redemption price will equal the unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2 
Notes plus accrued interest thereon at 5.43%.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- TERMINATION."

MANDATORY REDEMPTION FOLLOWING THE FUNDING PERIOD 

     The Class A-1 Noteholders  and Class A-2 Noteholders will be prepaid in 
part, without premium, on the Distribution Date on or immediately following 
the last day of the Funding Period in the event that any amount remains on 
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after giving effect to the purchase of all 
Subsequent Contracts, including any such purchase on such date.  The 
aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Notes and  Class A-2 Notes to be 
prepaid will be an amount equal to the amount then on deposit in the 
Pre-Funding Account allocated pro rata; 

                                       S-31
<PAGE>

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding 
Account is less than $150,000 such amount shall be allocated solely to the 
Class A-1 Noteholders.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     Harris Trust and Savings Bank will be the Indenture Trustee.  The 
Indenture Trustee is an Illinois banking corporation and its Corporate Trust 
Office is located at 311 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

     The Indenture Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth under 
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- THE TRUSTEES" 
AND "-- DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES."

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" under the Indenture will have occurred when:

     (i)    interest on any class of Notes is not paid on the date it is due
            and payable and is not paid for five days or more after such date;
     (ii)   principal of or any installment of principal on any Class of Notes
            is not paid on the date it is due and payable;
     (iii)  the Trust fails to comply with or perform any of its covenants or
            agreements in the Indenture and such default continues for a period
            of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Trust by the
            Indenture Trustee or to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the
            holders of Notes evidencing at least 25% of the voting interest
            thereof, voting together as a single class;
     (iv)   any representation or warranty made by the Trust in the Indenture
            or in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection
            therewith was incorrect in a material respect as of the time made,
            and such default continues for a period of 30 days after notice
            thereof is given to the Trust by the Indenture Trustee or to the
            Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the holders of Notes evidencing
            at least 25% of the voting interest thereof, voting together as a
            single class; and
     (iv)   certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
            liquidation relating to the Trust have occurred.

     Upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Notes
shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued interest
therein unless holders of Notes evidencing not less than 662/3% of the voting
interests thereof, voting together as a single class, waive such an Event of
Default.

     No sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust may be made if the
proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay all outstanding principal of and
accrued interest on the Notes, unless  (a)  holders of Notes evidencing 100% of
the voting interests thereof, voting together as a single class, consent to such
sale or liquidation, or (b)(1) the Indenture Trustee determines that the
property of the Trust will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, (2) the Indenture Trustee
provides prior written notice of such sale or liquidation to each Rating Agency
and (3) holders of Notes evidencing not less than 662/3% of the voting interests
thereof, voting together as a single class, consent to such sale or liquidation.

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  Copies 
of the Trust Agreement (without exhibits) may be obtained by holders of 
Certificates upon request in writing to the Owner Trustee at its Corporate 
Trust Office.  The Certificates may not be purchased by pension trusts.  See 
"ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" below.

                                       S-32
<PAGE>

DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST

     Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue at 7.10% from and 
including the fifteenth day of the month of the most recent Distribution Date 
based on a 360-day year consisting of 30 days each (or from and including the 
Closing Date with respect to the first Distribution Date) to but excluding 
the fifteenth day of the month of the current Distribution Date.  Interest 
accrued but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the immediately 
succeeding Distribution Date, together with, to the extent permitted by 
applicable law, interest on such amount at 7.10%.  Interest distributions 
with respect to the Certificates will be made from Available Interest after 
all of the Trust's fees and expenses have been paid and after the Note 
Distributable Amount has been distributed.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTION ON THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; 
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL

     No principal will be paid on the Certificates until the Distribution 
Date on which the principal balance of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes has 
been reduced to zero.  On such Distribution Date and thereafter, the 
Certificateholders will be entitled to distributions in an amount equal to 
Available Principal  calculated as described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; 
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS"  but not in excess of the outstanding principal balance 
on the Certificates.   Distributions with respect to principal payments will 
be made from Available Principal after all of the Trust's fees and expenses 
have been paid and after the Note Distributable Amount and the Certificate 
Interest Distributable Amount has been distributed.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES --DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; 
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

     In the event the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the 
Contracts owned by the Trust declines to less than 10% of the aggregate 
outstanding principal balance of the Contracts owned by the Trust as of the 
Closing Date and the Seller, through the Trust Depositor, has elected to 
purchase all of the Contracts owned by the Trust, the Certificates will be 
subject to prepayment in whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date.  
The prepayment amount will equal the Certificate Balance plus accrued 
interest thereon at 7.10%.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES -- TERMINATION."

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

     As more fully described under "THE NOTES -- EVENTS OF DEFAULT," upon the 
occurrence of an Event of Default, under certain circumstances the 
Noteholders have the right to cause the property of the Trust to be sold or 
liquidated in whole or in part.  In the event of such liquidation or sale, 
the Certificates may suffer a loss if proceeds are insufficient to pay both 
the Notes and the principal and interest on the Certificates.

PAYING AGENTS

     Distributions of principal of and interest on the Certificates will be 
made by the Owner Trustee or any Paying Agent or Paying Agents as the Owner 
Trustee may designate from time to time.  The Indenture Trustee will be 
designated as the initial Paying Agent with respect to the Certificates.  

                                       S-33

<PAGE>
               CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES


FORM, EXCHANGE, REGISTRATION AND TITLE

     The Notes and Certificates will initially be registered in the name of 
Cede & Co. ("CEDE"), the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"). 
Noteholders and Certificateholders may hold their Notes or Certificates in 
the United States through DTC, or, solely in the case of the Notes, in 
Europe, through CEDEL Bank, societe anonyme ("CEDEL") or the Euroclear System 
("EUROCLEAR"),  if they are participants of such systems, or indirectly 
through organizations that are participants in such systems.

     Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Notes and Certificates. 
CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the CEDEL 
Participants (as defined below) and Euroclear Participants (as defined 
below), respectively, through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and 
Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositaries 
(collectively, the "DEPOSITARIES") which in turn will hold such positions in 
customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the 
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "CLEARING 
CORPORATION" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and 
a "CLEARING AGENCY" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of 
the 1934 Act.  DTC accepts securities for deposit from its participating 
organizations ("PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and settlement 
of securities transactions between Participants in such securities through 
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Participants, thereby 
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities.  Participants 
include securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies and 
clearing corporations and may include certain other organizations.  Indirect 
access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, 
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain  a custodial 
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly.  Transfers 
between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.  Transfers 
between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in the 
ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating 
procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly 
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL 
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC 
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international 
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions 
will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international 
clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its 
rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time).  
The relevant European International clearing system will, if the transaction 
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to 
take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or 
receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance 
with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL 
Participants and Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly 
to the Depositaries.

     Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in CEDEL or 
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during 
the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day 
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in 
such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the 
relevant CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day.  
Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or 
through a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant will 
be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in 
the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day 
following settlement in DTC.

     Noteholders and Certificateholders who are not Participants but desire 
to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer, ownership of the Notes or 
Certificates may do so only through Participants (unless and until physical 
Notes or Certificates, as applicable are issued in registered form).  In 
addition, Noteholders and Certificateholders will

                                       S-34
<PAGE>

receive all distributions of principal of and interest on the Notes and 
Certificates from the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee (collectively, the 
"TRUSTEES"), as applicable, through DTC and Participants.  Neither the 
Noteholders nor the Certificateholders receive or be entitled to receive 
physical securities representing their respective interests in the Notes or 
Certificates, except under the limited circumstances described below.

     Unless and until physical Notes and Certificates are issued in 
registered form, it is anticipated that the only Noteholders and 
Certificateholders will be Cede, as nominee of DTC.  Beneficial owners of the 
Notes and Certificates will not be Securityholders as that term is used in 
the Agreement.  Beneficial owners are only permitted to exercise the rights 
of Securityholders indirectly through Participants and DTC.

     While the Notes and Certificates are outstanding (except under the 
circumstances described below), under the rules, regulations and procedures 
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "RULES"), DTC is required 
to make book-entry transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with 
respect to the Notes and Certificates and is required to receive and transmit 
distributions of principal of, and interest on, the Notes and Certificates. 
Unless and until physical Notes and Certificates are issued in registered 
form, beneficial owners who are not Participants may transfer ownership of 
Notes and Certificates only through Participants by instructing such 
Participants to transfer the Securities only through Participants by 
instructing such Participants to transfer the Notes or Certificates by 
book-entry transfer through DTC for the account of the purchasers of such 
Notes or Certificates, which account is maintained with their respective 
Participants.  Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal 
procedures, transfers of ownership of the Notes and Certificates will be 
executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective Participants at DTC 
will be debited and credited.

     Physical Notes or Certificates will be issued in registered form to 
Noteholders and Certificateholders, or their nominees, rather than to DTC, 
only if (i) DTC or the Company advises the applicable Trustee in writing that 
DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities 
as nominee and depository with respect to such Notes or Certificates and the 
Company or such Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor; (ii) the 
Company, at its sole option and with the consent of such Trustee, elects to 
terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) in the case of the 
Notes, after the occurrence of any Indenture Event of Default, DTC, at the 
direction of Noteholders having a majority in interest of the Notes, advises 
the Indenture Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system 
through DTC (or a successor thereto) to the exclusion of any physical 
securities being issued to Noteholders is no longer in the best interest of 
Noteholders.  Upon issuance in registered form of physical Notes and 
Certificates, such securities will be transferable directly (and not 
exclusively on a book-entry basis), and registered holders will deal directly 
with the applicable Trustee with respect to transfers, notices and 
distributions.

     DTC has advised the Trust Depositor and the Trustee that, unless and 
until physical Notes and Certificates are issued in registered form, DTC will 
take any action permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture or 
a Certificateholder under the Trust Agreement only at the direction of one or 
more Participants to whose DTC account such securities are credited.  DTC has 
advised the Seller that DTC will take such action with respect to any holders 
of the Notes and Certificates only at the direction of and on behalf of the 
Participants to whose DTC account such securities are credited.  DTC may take 
actions, at the direction of the related Participants, with respect to some 
Notes and Certificates that conflict with actions taken with respect to other 
Notes and Certificates.

     CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional 
depository.  CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations 
("CEDEL PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of 
securities transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic 
book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants.  Transactions may be 
settled in CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars.  
CEDEL provides to its CEDEL Participants, among other things, services for 
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally 
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing.  CEDEL interfaces 
with domestic markets in several countries.  As a professional depositary, 
CEDEL is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute.  CEDEL 
Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, 
including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust 
companies, clearing corporation and certain other organizations and may 
include the underwriters of any class of the Notes or Certificates.  Indirect 
access to CEDEL 

                                       S-35
<PAGE>

is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust 
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a 
CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

     Euroclear was created in 1968, to hold securities for participants of 
the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear and settle 
transactions between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic 
book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for 
physical movement of securities and any risk from lack of simultaneous 
transfers of securities and cash.  Transactions may now be settled in any of 
32 currencies, including United States dollars.  The Euroclear System 
includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing 
and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar 
to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above.  The 
Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, 
Brussels, Belgium office (the "EUROCLEAR OPERATOR" or "EUROCLEAR"), under 
contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative 
corporation (the "EUROCLEAR COOPERATIVE").  All operations are conducted by 
the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and 
Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the 
Euroclear Cooperative.  The Euroclear Cooperative establishes policy for the 
Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear Participants.  Euroclear Participants 
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and 
other professional financial intermediaries, indirect access to the Euroclear 
System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a 
custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or 
indirectly.

     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking 
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.  As such, 
it is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System and the New York Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking 
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear 
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear 
and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable 
Belgian law (collectively, the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS").  The Terms and 
Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear 
System, withdrawal of securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and 
receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System.  All 
securities in the Euroclear System are held on a fungible basis without 
attribution of specific securities to specific securities clearance accounts. 
 The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of 
Euroclear Participants and has no record of or relationship with persons 
holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through CEDEL or Euroclear will 
be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear 
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, 
to the extent received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject 
to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and 
regulations.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES."  CEDEL 
or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action 
permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of a 
CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its 
relevant rules and procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to 
effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing 
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of the Notes and Certificates 
among participants of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation 
to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be 
discontinued at any time.

     In the event that any of DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear should discontinue its 
services, the Seller would seek an alternative depositary (if available) or 
cause the issuance of physical Notes and Certificates to Noteholders and 
Certificateholders or their nominees in the manner described above.

     Issuance of the Notes and Certificates in book-entry form rather than as 
physical securities may adversely affect the liquidity of the Notes and 
Certificates in the secondary market and the ability of holders of such 
securities to pledge them.  In addition, since distributions on such 
securities will be made by the Trustees to DTC and DTC 

                                       S-36
<PAGE>

will credit such distributions to the accounts of its Participants, which 
will further credit them to the accounts of indirect participants, holders of 
such securities may experience delays in the receipt of such distributions.

CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS

     On the Closing Date, (i) the Seller will sell, transfer, assign, set 
over and otherwise convey the Initial Contracts and related assets to the 
Trust Depositor, (ii)  the Trust Depositor will sell, transfer, assign, set 
over and otherwise convey to the Trust all right, title and interest in the 
Initial Contracts and related assets, and (iii) the Trust will pledge to the 
Indenture Trustee all right, title and interest in the Initial Contracts and 
related assets.  The Initial Contracts will be described on a list delivered 
to each Trustee and certified by a duly authorized officer of the Trust 
Depositor.  Such list will include the amount of monthly payments due on each 
Initial Contract as of the Initial Cutoff Date, the contractual rate of 
interest on each Contract and the maturity date of each Contract.  Such list 
will be available for inspection by any Securityholder at the principal 
office of the Servicer.  Prior to the conveyance of the Initial Contracts to 
the Trust, the Servicer's compliance officer will have completed a review of 
all the documents that the Seller has customarily kept on file relating to 
the Contracts, including the certificates of title to, or other evidence of a 
perfected security interest in, the related motorcycles, and confirmed the 
accuracy of the list of Initial Contracts delivered to the Trustees.  The 
Trust Depositor will deliver to the Trustees a report of a nationally 
recognized independent public accounting firm which states that such firm has 
performed specific procedures for a sample of the Initial Contracts supplied 
by the Seller.  Any Contract discovered not to agree with such list in a 
manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Noteholders and 
Certificateholders will be required to be repurchased by the Seller, or, if 
the discrepancy relates to the unpaid principal balance of a Contract, the 
Seller may deposit cash in the Collection Account in an amount sufficient to 
offset such discrepancy.  

     In addition to the Initial Contracts, the Trust's assets will include 
the Trust's rights under the Agreement in respect of the Trust Depositor's 
obligation to purchase from the Seller, and concurrently convey to the Trust, 
Subsequent Contracts purchased as of the applicable Cutoff Date.  Any 
conveyance of Subsequent Contracts will be subject to the satisfaction of the 
following conditions, among others (computed, where applicable, based on the 
characteristics of the Initial Contracts on the initial Cutoff Date and any 
Subsequent Contracts as of the related  Cutoff Date):  (i) each such 
Subsequent Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria specified in the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement and the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement 
executed thereunder; (ii) as of the applicable Cutoff  Date, no Contract in 
the Trust, including the Subsequent Contracts that the Trust Depositor will 
be conveying as of such Cutoff Date, will have a scheduled maturity date 
later than March 2006; (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have executed and 
delivered in favor of the Trust a Subsequent Transfer Agreement (as defined 
in and executed under the Agreement) conveying such Subsequent Contracts to 
the Trust (including a schedule identifying such Subsequent Contracts); (iv) 
the Trust Depositor shall have delivered certain opinions of counsel to the 
Trustee, the Underwriters and the Rating Agencies with respect to the 
validity and other aspects of the conveyance of all such Subsequent Contracts 
and (v) the Rating Agencies shall have each notified the Trust Depositor and 
the Trustees in writing that, following the addition of such Subsequent 
Contracts, the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes will be rated AAA by 
Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Aaa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 
and the Certificates will be rated at least BBB by Standard & Poor's Rating 
Services  and Baa2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     The Agreement will designate the Servicer as custodian to maintain 
possession, as the Trustees' agent, of the Contracts and any other documents 
relating to the motorcycles securing such Contracts.  To facilitate servicing 
and save administrative costs, the documents will not be segregated from 
other similar documents that are in the Servicer's possession.  Uniform 
Commercial Code financing statements will be filed in Nevada and Illinois, 
reflecting the conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust 
Depositor from the Seller, the conveyance and assignment from the Trust 
Depositor to the Trust and the pledge from the Trust to the Indenture 
Trustee, and the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and Indenture Trustee's 
accounting records and computer systems will also reflect such conveyance and 
assignment and pledge.  In addition, each Contract will be stamped to reflect 
their conveyance and assignment to the Trust and the pledge to the Indenture 
Trustee.  However, if, through fraud, negligence or otherwise, a subsequent 
purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contracts without 
notice of such conveyance and assignment, the Indenture Trustee's interest in 
the Contracts could be defeated.  In addition, 

                                       S-37
<PAGE>

certificates of title with respect to the motorcycles securing such Contracts 
will not be amended to reflect the assignment of the Seller's security 
interest in such motorcycles to the Trust Depositor, the assignment of the 
Trust Depositor's security interest in such motorcycles to the Trust and the 
pledge of the Trust's security interest to the Indenture Trustee.  In the 
absence of amendments to the certificates of title, the Indenture Trustee may 
not have a perfected security interest in the motorcycles securing the 
Contracts.  See "RISK FACTORS -- RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN 
FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" in the Prospectus. 

     The Seller will make certain representations and warranties in the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to each Contract, including that 
(references to the Closing Date below being deemed, in respect of Subsequent 
Contracts, to refer to the date such Subsequent Contracts are transferred to 
the Trust Depositor):

     (a)  as of the related Cutoff Date, the most recent scheduled payment was
          made or was not delinquent more than 30 days and, to the best of the
          Seller's knowledge, all payments on the Contract were made by the
          Obligor;
     (b)  as of the Closing Date, no provision of a Contract has been waived,
          altered or modified in any respect, except by instruments or documents
          contained in the files customarily maintained by the Servicer for each
          Contract;
     (c)  each Contract is a genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the
          Obligor and is enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may
          be limited by laws affecting creditors' rights generally);
     (d)  as of the Closing Date, no Contract is subject to any right of
          rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense;
     (e)  as of the Closing Date, each motorcycle securing a Contract is covered
          by certain insurance policies described under "--INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE
          INSURANCE"; 
     (f)  each Contract was originated by a Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealer in
          the ordinary course of such dealer's business (which dealer had all
          necessary licenses and permits to originate the Contracts in the state
          where such dealer was located), was fully and properly executed by the
          parties thereto and was sold by such dealer to the Seller without any
          fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such dealer;
     (g)  no Contract was originated in or is subject to the laws of any
          jurisdiction whose laws would make the transfer, sale and assignment
          of the Contract pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement or the
          Agreement or pursuant to transfers of Certificates unlawful, void or
          voidable;
     (h)  each Contract and each sale of the related motorcycle complies with
          all requirements of any applicable federal, state or local law and
          regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, usury, truth in
          lending, motor vehicle installment loan and equal credit opportunity
          laws, with such compliance not being affected by the Trust Depositor's
          conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust, or the
          Trust's pledge of the Contracts to the Indenture Trustee, and  the
          Seller will maintain in its possession, available for inspection by or
          delivery to the Trust Depositor and the Trustees, evidence of
          compliance with all such requirements;
     (i)  as of the Closing Date no Contract has been satisfied, subordinated in
          whole or in part or rescinded and the motorcycle securing the Contract
          has not been released from the lien of the Contract in whole or in
          part;
     (j)  each Contract creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first
          priority security interest in favor of the Seller in the motorcycle
          securing such Contract; such security interest has been conveyed and
          assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor;
     (k)  the original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other
          notification (the "LIEN CERTIFICATE") issued by the body responsible
          for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title
          relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon (the "REGISTRAR OF
          TITLES") of the applicable state to a secured party which indicates
          the lien of the secured party on such motorcycles is recorded on the
          original certificate of title; and the original certificate of title
          for each such motorcycle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien
          Certificate is being applied for with respect to such motorcycle the
          Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date
          and will show, the Seller as original secured party under each
          Contract and as the holder of a first priority security interest in

                                       S-38
<PAGE>

          such motorcycle (and with respect to each Contract for which the Lien
          Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles,
          the Seller has received written evidence from the related dealer that
          such Lien Certificate showing the Seller as lienholder has been
          applied for)
     (l)  the Seller's security interest has been validly assigned by the Seller
          to the Trust Depositor in order that immediately after the sale, each
          Contract will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first
          priority security interest in the related motorcycle in favor of the
          Trust as secured party, which security interest is prior to all other
          liens upon and security interests in such motorcycle which now exist
          or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any
          lien for taxes, labor, materials or any state law enforcement agency
          affecting a motorcycle);
     (m)  all parties to each Contract had capacity to execute such Contract;
     (n)  no Contract has been sold, conveyed and assigned or pledged to any
          other person other than the Trust Depositor, as transferee of the
          Seller and the Trust as transferee of the Trust Depositor and prior to
          the transfer of the Contract to the Trust Depositor, the Seller had
          good and marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any
          encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest,
          and as of the Closing Date, the Trust and the Owner Trustee will have
          a first priority perfected security interest therein;
     (o)  as of the related Cutoff Date, there was no default, breach, violation
          or event permitting acceleration under any Contract (except for
          payment delinquencies permitted by clause (a) above), no event which
          with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period would
          constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting
          acceleration under such Contract, and the Seller has not waived any of
          the foregoing;
     (p)  as of the Closing Date, there are, to the best of the Seller's
          knowledge, no liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or
          materials affecting a motorcycle securing a Contract, which are or may
          be liens prior or equal to the lien of the Contract;
     (q)  each Contract has a fixed rate of interest and provides for monthly
          payments of principal and interest which, if timely made, would fully
          amortize the loan on a simple interest basis over its term;
     (r)  each Contract contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to
          render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for
          realization against the collateral of the benefits of the security;
     (s)  the description of each Contract set forth in the list delivered to
          the Trustees is true and correct; and
     (t)  there is only one original of each Contract.

The Seller will also make certain representations and warranties with respect to
the Contracts in the aggregate, including that:

     (a)  the aggregate principal amount payable by the Obligors as of the
          initial Cutoff Date plus the initial deposit into the Pre-Funding
          Account as of the Closing Date equals the sum of the initial principal
          amount of the Notes and the initial Certificate Balance; 
     (b)  each Initial Contract has a contractual rate of interest of at least
          8.50%;
     (c)  all motorcycles securing the Contracts are Harley-Davidson or Buell
          motorcycles;
     (d)  approximately 66.39% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial
          Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase new motorcycles and
          approximately 33.61% of the aggregate principal balance of the Initial
          Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase used motorcycles;
     (e)  no Initial Contract has a remaining maturity of more than 84 months;
     (f)  the first payment under each Initial Contract is due on or before
          January 1999; and
     (g)  no adverse selection procedures were or will be employed in selecting
          the Contracts from the Seller's portfolio.  

     Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Subsequent Purchase Agreement
executed thereunder, the Seller will agree that in the event of a breach of any
such representations and warranties made by the Seller that 

                                       S-39
<PAGE>

materially and adversely affects the Trustees' interest in any Contract the 
Seller will repurchase such Contract not later than two Business Days prior 
to the first Determination Date after the Seller becomes aware or receives 
written notice from the Trust Depositor, Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee or 
Servicer of such breach unless such breach is cured.  The repurchase price 
shall be an amount equal to (i) the remaining principal balance of such 
Contract plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest at the annual rate of interest 
specified in the Contract through the end of the immediately preceding Due 
Period.  Under the Agreement, the Trust Depositor will assign all of its 
right, title and interest in such representations and warranties (including 
the Seller's repurchase obligations) to the Owner Trustee.  Under the 
Indenture, the Trust will pledge its right, title and interest in such 
representations and warranties to the Indenture Trustee.  The Seller is 
selling the Contracts without recourse and, accordingly, will have no 
obligation with respect to the Contracts other than pursuant to such 
representations, warranties and repurchase obligations.  The only remedy that 
you and the Trust have for a breach of the Seller's representations and 
warranties are the repurchase obligations of the Seller described above.

     Pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicer will service and administer the 
Contracts conveyed and assigned to the Trust and pledged to the Indenture 
Trustee as more fully set forth below.

THE ACCOUNTS

     THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT.  Pursuant to the Agreement, the Indenture 
Trustee will establish an account referred to herein as the Collection 
Account.  The Servicer will cause all collections made on or in respect of 
the Contracts during a Due Period to be deposited in or credited to the 
Collection Account. The Servicer is required to deposit, without deposit into 
any intervening account, into the Collection Account as promptly as possible, 
but in any case not later than the second Business Day following the receipt 
thereof, all amounts received on or in respect of the Contracts.  The 
Servicer is required to use its best efforts to cause an Obligor to make all 
payments on the Contracts directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, acting as 
agent for the Trust pursuant to a Lockbox Agreement.   Funds in the 
Collection Account will be invested in Eligible Investments.  All income or 
other gain from such investments will be promptly deposited in, and any loss 
resulting from such investments shall be charged to, the Collection Account.  

     THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.   Pursuant to the Agreement, the Indenture 
Trustee will establish a trust account referred to herein as the Pre-Funding 
Account. During the Funding Period, the Pre-Funding Account will be 
maintained by the Indenture Trustee for your benefit to secure the Trust 
Depositor's obligations under the Agreement to purchase and transfer 
Subsequent Contracts to the Trust and the Trust's obligations under the 
Indenture to pledge Subsequent Contracts to the Indenture Trustee.  On the 
Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will deposit $40,224,683.09 into the 
Pre-Funding Account.  During the Funding Period, amounts on deposit in the 
Pre-Funding Account will be reduced by the amount thereof that the Trust 
Depositor uses to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the Seller and 
contemporaneously transfer to the Trust.  The Trust Depositor expects that 
the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced to less than $150,000 by the 
Distribution Date occurring in February 1999.  Any Pre-Funded Amount 
remaining at the end of the Funding Period will be payable to the Noteholders 
(see "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION"). 

     THE RESERVE FUND.   You will be afforded certain limited protection 
against losses in respect of the Contracts by the establishment of an 
account, referred to herein as the Reserve Fund, in the name of the Indenture 
Trustee for your benefit.  The Reserve Fund will be created with the an 
initial deposit by the Trust Depositor of $598,876.59 on the Closing Date.  
The funds in the Reserve Fund will thereafter be supplemented on each 
Distribution Date by the deposit of certain Excess Amounts and Subsequent 
Reserve Fund Amounts, until the amount in the Reserve Fund reaches the 
Specified Reserve Fund Balance.  On each Distribution Date, funds will be 
withdrawn from the Reserve Fund, up to the Reserve Fund Available Amount, for 
distribution to you to cover any shortfalls in interest and principal 
required to be paid on the Notes and Certificates. 

     In addition to the initial deposit of $598,876.59, the Trust Depositor 
will deposit $538,988.93, representing the initial Certificate Reserve 
Amount, into the Reserve Fund on the Closing Date.  On each date on which 

                                       S-40
<PAGE>

Subsequent Contracts are transferred by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, the 
Trust Depositor will deposit into the Reserve Fund a Subsequent Certificate 
Reserve Amount equal to 0.45% of the aggregate balance of the Subsequent 
Contracts conveyed to the Trust on such date.  If funds in the Reserve Fund 
(other than the Certificate Reserve Amount) are applied in accordance with 
the preceding paragraph and are insufficient to distribute the interest or 
principal due on the Certificates, funds available from the Certificate 
Reserve Amount will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund and applied solely to 
cover any shortfalls of interest on the Certificates on each Distribution 
Date and of interest and principal on the Certificates on September 2006.  
The Certificate Reserve Amount will not be available to pay interest or 
principal on the Notes. 

      On each Distribution Date, after giving effect to all distributions 
made on such Distribution Date, any amounts in the Reserve Fund that are in 
excess of the Specified Reserve Fund Balance will be allocated and 
distributed to the Trust Depositor.  Upon any such distributions to the Trust 
Depositor, you will have no further rights in, or claims to, such amounts. 

     Funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund may be invested in Eligible 
Investments.  Investment income on monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund will 
not be available for distribution to Securityholders after the Specified 
Reserve Fund Balance has been met and released to the Trust Depositor.  Any 
loss on such investments will be charged to the Reserve Fund.  

     CALCULATION OF SPECIFIED RESERVE FUND BALANCE.  On the Closing Date, the 
Trust Depositor will deposit a total of $1,137,865.52 into the Reserve Fund. 
With respect to any Distribution Date, the Specified Reserve Fund Balance 
will equal the greater of (a) the sum of (i) 2.50% of the Principal Balance 
of the Contracts in the Trust as of the first day of the immediately 
preceding Due Period and (ii) the Certificate Reserve Amount; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that if certain trigger events occur (as more specifically described 
in the Prospectus Supplement), the Specified Reserve Fund Balance will be 
equal to the sum of (i) 6.00% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in 
the Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due Period and 
(ii) the Certificate Reserve Amount and (b) the sum of (i) 1.00% of the 
aggregate of the Initial Class A-1 Note Balance, Initial Class A-2 Note 
Balance and Initial Certificate Balance and (ii) the Certificate Reserve 
Amount; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in no event shall the Specified Reserve Fund 
Balance be greater than the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the 
Securities.  As of any Distribution Date, the amount of funds actually on 
deposit in the Reserve Fund may, in certain circumstances, be less than the 
Specified Reserve Fund Balance.

     A "RESERVE FUND TRIGGER EVENT" will have been deemed to occur with 
respect to any Distribution Date if (i) the Average Delinquency Ratio for 
such Distribution Date is equal to or greater than (a) 2.50% with respect to 
any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the Closing Date 
to, and inclusive of, the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) 3.00% 
with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the 
day after the first anniversary of the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the 
second anniversary of the Closing Date, or (c) 3.50% for any Distribution 
Date which occurs within the period from the day after the second anniversary 
of the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the third anniversary of the 
Closing Date or (d) 4.00% for any Distribution Date following the third 
anniversary of the Closing Date; (ii) the Average Loss Ratio for such 
Distribution Date is equal to or greater than (a) 2.75% with respect to any 
Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the Closing Date to, 
and inclusive of, the eighteen months following the Closing Date or (b) 3.25% 
with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs following the eighteen 
month period following the Closing Date;  or (iii) the Cumulative Loss Ratio 
for such Distribution Date is equal to or greater than (a) 0.75% with respect 
to any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the Closing Date 
to, and inclusive of, the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) 1.50% 
with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the 
day after the first anniversary of the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the 
second anniversary of the Closing Date, (c) 2.00% for any Distribution Date 
which occurs within the period from the day after the second anniversary of 
the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the third anniversary of the Closing 
Date, or (d) 2.50% following the third anniversary of the Closing Date.  

                                       S-41
<PAGE>

     A Reserve Fund Trigger Event will be deemed to have terminated with 
respect to a Distribution Date if no Reserve Fund Trigger Event shall exist 
with respect to three consecutive Distribution Dates (inclusive of the 
respective Distribution Date).

     The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus 
Supplement request each Rating Agency that rated any of the Notes and 
Certificates to, at the request of the Trust Depositor, approve a formula for 
determining the Specified Reserve Fund Balance that is different from the 
formula described above and would result in a decrease in the amount of the 
Specified Reserve Fund Balance or the Certificate Reserve Amount or the 
manner by which the Reserve Fund is funded.  If each Rating Agency delivers a 
letter to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee to the effect that the 
use of any such new formulation will not in and of itself result in a 
qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of any 
Class of Notes and Certificates then the Specified Reserve Fund Balance will 
be determined in accordance with such new formula.  The Agreement will 
accordingly be amended to reflect such new calculation without the consent of 
any Securityholder.

     INTEREST RESERVE ACCOUNT.   The Trust Depositor will establish, and fund 
with an initial deposit on the Closing Date, the Interest Reserve Account, 
for the purpose of providing additional funds for payment to the Trust of 
Carrying Charges to pay certain distributions on Distribution Dates occurring 
during (and on the first Distribution Date following the end of) the Funding 
Period.  In addition to the initial deposit, all investment earnings with 
respect to the Pre-Funded Account are to be deposited into the Interest 
Reserve Account and, pursuant to the Agreement, the Trust Depositor is 
obligated to pay to the Trust, on each Distribution Date described above, 
amounts in respect of Carrying Charges from such account.

     The Interest Reserve Account will be established to account for the fact 
that a portion of the proceeds obtained from the sale of the Notes will be 
initially deposited in the Pre-Funding Account rather than invested in 
Contracts, and the monthly investment earnings on amounts in the Pre-Funding 
Account (until such amounts have been used to purchase Subsequent Contracts) 
are expected to be less than the weighted average of the interest rates of 
the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and Certificates with respect to the 
corresponding portion of the principal balances of the Class A-1 Notes, Class 
A-2 Notes and Certificates, as well as the amount necessary to pay the 
Trustees' Fees.  The Interest Reserve Account is not designed to provide any 
protection against losses on the Contracts in the Trust.  After the Funding 
Period, money in the Interest Reserve Account will be released to the Trust 
Depositor. 

     THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  The Indenture Trustee 
will establish and maintain with itself the Note Distribution Account, in the 
name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, in which amounts 
released from the Collection Account for distribution to Noteholders will be 
deposited and from which all distributions to Noteholders will be made.  The 
Owner Trustee will establish the Certificate Distribution Account, in the 
name of the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, in which 
amounts released from the Collection Account for distribution to 
Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all distributions to 
Certificateholders will be made.

DETERMINATION OF OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCES

     Prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will calculate a six-digit 
decimal factor which represent the unpaid principal amount of the Class A-1 
Notes, after giving effect to payments to be made on such Distribution Date, 
as a fraction of the initial outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 
Notes. Prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will calculate a 
six-digit decimal factor which represents the unpaid principal amount of the 
Class A-2 Notes, after giving effect to payments to be made on such 
Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial outstanding principal amount 
of the Class A-2 Notes. Similarly, prior to each Distribution Date, the 
Servicer will calculate a six-digit decimal factor which represents the 
remaining Certificate Balance, after giving effect to distributions to be 
made on such Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial Certificate 
Balance.  If the Servicer were to perform such calculations on the Closing 
Date, the resulting decimal factor for each of the Class A-1 Note, Class A-2 
Notes and Certificates would be 1.000000. Thereafter, these decimal factors 
will decline in 

                                       S-42
<PAGE>

correspondence with reductions in the outstanding principal amount of the 
Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes, as applicable, or the Certificate 
Balance.  Your portion of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Class 
A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes will be the product of (i) the original 
denomination of the Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes you own and (ii) the 
decimal factor relating to the Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes, as 
applicable, at the time of determination (calculated as described above).   
Similarly, your portion of the aggregate outstanding Certificate Balance will 
be the product of (i) the original denomination of the Certificates you own 
and (ii) the decimal factor applicable to Certificates at the time of 
determination (calculated as described above).

     As a holder of Notes or Certificates, you will receive reports on or 
about each Distribution Date concerning payments received on the Contracts, 
the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Contracts owned by the 
Trust, the decimal factors described above and various other items of 
information.  In addition, Noteholders and Certificateholders of record 
during any calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting 
purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law.  See "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS."

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES

     GENERAL.  On the fourth Business Day of each month, a Determination 
Date, the Servicer will determine the following: (i) the amount of Available 
Monies with respect to the Distribution Date occurring in such month; (ii) 
the Note Interest Distributable Amount; (iii) the Note Principal 
Distributable Amount; (iv) the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount; (v) 
the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount; (vi) the Servicing Fee; and 
(vii) the Trustees' Fees.

     DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF 
PAYMENTS.  On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will allocate amounts on 
deposit in the Collection Account as described below and will instruct the 
Indenture Trustee to make the following deposits and distributions in the 
following amounts and order of priority:

          (i)    on or immediately following the last day of the Funding
     Period, the amount that remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after
     giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Contracts, including any
     such purchase on such Distribution Date, pro rata, calculated on the then
     current principal balance of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, in the event the Mandatory Special Redemption Amount is less than
     $150,000 such amount shall be allocated solely to the Class A-1
     Noteholders;

          (ii)   to the Servicer from Available Monies, reimbursement to the
     Servicer for advances it previously made to the Collection Account for
     accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with
     respect to the prior Due Period; 

          (iii)  to the Servicer from Available Monies, the Servicing Fee,
     including any unpaid Servicing Fee with respect to one or more prior Due
     Periods;

          (iv)   to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee from Available
     Monies, any accrued and unpaid Indenture Trustee's Fees and Owner Trustee's
     Fees, respectively, with respect to one or more period Due Periods;

          (v)    to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the
     Note Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of the Notes at their
     respective Interest Rates;

          (vi)   to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the
     Note Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes
     until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been 

                                       S-43
<PAGE>

     reduced to zero, and second to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the
     principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero;

          (vii)  to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available
     Interest, the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of
     the Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Interest is
     insufficient to make such payment, from such other monies as may be
     available to the Trust;

          (viii) to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available
     Principal, the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of
     the Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Principal is
     insufficient to make such payment, from such monies as may be available to
     the Trust; and

          (ix)   in the event that the distributions described in clauses (i)
     through (viii) above have been funded  exclusively from Available Monies,
     any remaining Available Monies  ("EXCESS AMOUNTS") will be deposited into
     the Reserve Fund, until the amount on deposit therein equals the Specified
     Reserve Fund Balance, with any excess being distributed to the Trust
     Depositor.

     If the Notes are accelerated following an Event of Default, amounts 
collected following the sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust will 
be distributed in the priority described above.  See "THE NOTES -- EVENTS OF 
DEFAULT."

PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES

     GENERAL.  Your rights to receive distributions with respect to the 
Contracts will be subordinated to the rights of the Servicer (to the extent 
that the Servicer has not been reimbursed for any of its outstanding advances 
for delinquent accrued and unpaid interest and has not been paid all 
Servicing Fees) and the Trustees and certain other entities (to the extent 
the Trustees and such other entities have not received all fees and expenses 
payable to them).  In addition, your rights to receive distributions with 
respect to the Contracts will be subject to the priorities set forth under 
"-- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND 
CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."  Such priorities and 
subordination are intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by the 
Noteholders of the full amount of interest and principal required to be paid 
to them, and to afford such Noteholders limited protection against losses in 
respect of the Contracts.  In the event of delinquencies or losses on the 
Contracts, the foregoing protection will be effected both by the preferential 
right of the Noteholders to receive, to the extent described herein, current 
distributions with respect to the Contracts and by the establishment of the 
Reserve Fund.   If, on any Distribution Date, the Certificate Principal 
Balance equals zero and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund have been 
depleted as a result of losses in respect of the Contracts, the protection 
afforded to the Noteholders by the subordination of the Certificates and by 
the Reserve Fund will be exhausted and the Noteholders will bear directly the 
risks associated with ownership of the Contracts.

     Neither the Noteholders, Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the 
Owner Trustee, the Seller nor the Trust Depositor will be required to refund 
any amounts properly distributed or paid to them, whether or not there are 
sufficient funds on any subsequent Distribution Date to make full 
distributions to the Noteholders and Certificateholders.

PAYMENTS FROM THE RESERVE FUND

     Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will be held for your
benefit.  On each Distribution Date on which the Note Distributable Amount
exceeds the amount then on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, the
Noteholders will be entitled to receive such deficiency (including amounts
necessary to reduce the outstanding principal balance of a given class of Notes
to zero on the final Distribution Date for such class of Notes),  from amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Fund; such amounts will be deposited in the Note
Distribution Account.  In addition, after giving effect to such withdrawal on
each Distribution Date on which the Certificate Distributable Amount exceeds the
amount then on deposit in the Certificate Distribution Account, the
Certificateholders will be 

                                       S-44
<PAGE>

entitled to receive such deficiency (including amounts necessary to reduce 
the balance of the Certificates to zero on the final Distribution Date for 
the Certificates) from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund; such amounts 
will be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account. 

STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare and 
provide to the Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to each 
Noteholder and to the Owner Trustee a statement to be delivered to each 
Certificateholder on such Distribution Date, setting forth with respect to 
the related Distribution Date or Due Period, as applicable, among other 
things, the following information:

          (i)    the amount of the Certificateholder's distribution allocable
     to principal and the amount of the Noteholder's principal distribution;

          (ii)   the amount of the Certificateholder's distribution allocable
     to interest and the amount of the Noteholder's interest distribution;

          (iii)  the amount of fees payable out of the Trust, separately
     identifying the Servicing Fee, and the Trustees' Fees;

          (iv)   the amount of any Note Interest Carryover Shortfall, Note
     Principal Carryover Shortfall, Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall and
     Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall on such Distribution Date and the
     change in such amounts from those with respect to the immediately preceding
     Distribution Date;

          (v)    the six-digit decimal factors which represent the unpaid
     principal amount of each of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and
     Certificates, after giving effect to payments to be made on such
     Distribution Date, as a fraction of the initial outstanding principal
     amount of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and Certificates,
     respectively (see "DETERMINATION OF OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCES");

          (vi)   the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii) above
     payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other source
     not constituting Available Monies and the amount remaining in the Reserve
     Fund after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals from the Reserve
     Fund on such date;

          (vii)  for the Distribution Date following the end of the Funding
     Period, the amount of the Notes to be redeemed with funds remaining in the
     Pre-Funding Account, to the extent that funds remain in the Pre-Funding
     Account after giving effect to any purchases of Subsequent Contracts on
     such Distribution Date;

          (viii) for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period, the
     remaining amounts in the Pre-Funding Account;

          (ix)   for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period to and
     including the Distribution Date immediately following the end of the
     Funding Period, the Principal Balance and number of Subsequent Contracts
     conveyed to the Trust during the related Due Period;

          (x)    the remaining Principal Balance after giving effect to the
     distribution of principal (and any redemption of the Notes described in
     (vii), if any) to each class of Notes and the Certificates to be made on
     such Distribution Date;

          (xi)   the number and aggregate principal balance of Contracts
     delinquent, 31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of the
     end of the related Due Period;

                                       S-45
<PAGE>

          (xii)  the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts that
     became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period,
     the amount of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the amount of
     liquidation expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds for such Due
     Period, the Net Liquidation Proceeds and the Net Liquidation Losses for
     such Due Period;

          (xiii) the Loss Ratio, the Average Loss Ratio, the Cumulative Loss
     Ratio, the Delinquency Ratio and the Average Delinquency Ratio as of such
     Distribution Date;

          (xiv)  the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal Balance of
     such Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period relating to such
     Distribution Date (after giving effect to payments received during such Due
     Period and to any transfers of Subsequent Contract to the Trust occurring
     on or prior to such Distribution Date);

          (xv)   the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts that
     were repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Agreement with respect to
     the related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the repurchase price
     for such Contracts; and

          (xvi)  such other customary factual information as is available to
     the Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably obtain from
     its existing data base to enable Noteholders and Certificateholders to
     prepare their tax returns.

     Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) 
above will be expressed in the aggregate and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of 
original principal amount of a Note or the initial Certificate Balance of a 
Certificate, as the case may be.   In addition, within the prescribed period 
of time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year during 
the term of the Agreement, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee will 
mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year shall have been 
a Noteholder or a Certificateholder, as the case may be, a statement 
containing the sum of the amounts described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and 
(iv) above for the purposes of such holder's preparation of federal income 
tax returns.  See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES." 

VOTING INTERESTS

     The "VOTING INTERESTS" of the (i) each class of Notes will be allocated 
among the Noteholders, in accordance with the unpaid principal amount of the 
Notes of such class and (ii) Certificates will be allocated among the 
Certificateholders, in accordance with the Certificate Balance represented 
thereby; except that in certain circumstances any Notes and Certificates held 
by the Trust Depositor or the Seller, or any of their respective affiliates 
shall be excluded from such determination.

AMENDMENT

     AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT.  The Agreement may be amended, without your 
consent, to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision therein 
which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, to add any other 
provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Agreement 
which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, to add or provide for 
any credit enhancement for any class of Notes and Certificates or to permit 
certain changes with respect to the amount required to be maintained on 
deposit in the Reserve Fund; provided, that any such action will not, in the 
opinion of counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee, materially and 
adversely affect the interest of any Noteholder or Certificateholders, and 
provided further, that in the case of a change with respect to the amount 
required to be maintained on deposit in or pursuant to the Reserve Fund, the 
Trustee receives a letter from each Rating Agency that rated any of the Notes 
and Certificates to the effect that its then-current rating on each class of 
Notes and Certificates will not be qualified, reduced or withdrawn due to 
such amendment and the Servicer shall provide the Rating Agencies notice of 
such amendment.  

                                       S-46
<PAGE>

     The Agreement may also be amended from time to time with the consent of 
the holders of Notes and Certificates evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the 
respective voting interests thereof, for the purpose of adding any provisions 
to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such 
agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of a class of Noteholders 
or Certificateholders; provided, that no such amendment may (i) except as 
described above, increase or reduce in any manner the amount of or accelerate 
or delay the timing of collections of payments on or in respect of the 
Contracts, required distributions on the Notes and Certificates, or the 
Specified Reserve Fund Balance or the manner in which the Reserve Fund is 
funded, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the voting interests of 
which the holders of any class of Notes and Certificates are required to 
consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders of all of 
the relevant classes of Notes and Certificates.  

     AMENDMENT OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  The Trust Agreement may be amended 
without your consent to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any 
provision therein which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, 
or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising 
under such agreement which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof; 
provided, that any such action will not, in the opinion of counsel 
satisfactory to the related Trustee, materially and adversely affect the 
interests of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder.  

     The Trust Agreement may also be amended from time to time with the 
consent of the Noteholders and Certificateholders evidencing not less than 66 
2/3% of the respective voting interests thereof, for the purpose of adding 
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the 
provisions of such agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the 
Noteholders or Certificateholders, provided, that no such amendment may 
increase or reduce in any manner the amount of or accelerate or delay the 
timing of (i) collections of payments on or in respect of the Contracts or 
required distributions on the Notes and Certificates or the interest rate of 
the Notes and Certificates or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the 
voting interests of which the holders of any class of Notes and Certificates 
are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the 
holders of all of the relevant class of Notes and Certificates. 

     AMENDMENT OF THE INDENTURE.  The Trust and the Indenture Trustee (on 
behalf of such Trust) may,  without consent of the Noteholders, enter into 
one or more supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes:

     (i)    to correct or amplify the description of the property subject to
            the lien of the Indenture or to subject additional property to the
            lien of the Indenture;
     (ii)   to provide for the assumption of the Notes and the Indenture
            obligations by a permitted successor to the Trust;
     (iii)  to add additional covenants for the benefit of the related
            Noteholders, or to surrender any rights or powers conferred upon
            the Trust;
     (iv)   to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to the
            Indenture Trustee;
     (v)    to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision in
            the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture which may be
            inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, any
            supplemental indenture, the Agreement or certain other agreements;
            provided, that any action specified in clause (v) shall not
            adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder;
     (vi)   to provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor
            Indenture Trustee or to add to or change any of the provisions of
            the Indenture as shall be necessary and permitted to facilitate the
            administration by more than one Indenture Trustee;
     (vii)  to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture in
            order to comply with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended;
            and
     (viii) to add any provisions to, change in any manner, or eliminate any of
            the provisions of, the Indenture or modify in any manner the rights
            of Noteholders under such Indenture; provided that any action
            specified in clause (viii) shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of
            counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of
            any Noteholder unless such Noteholder's consent is otherwise
            obtained as described below.  

                                       S-47
<PAGE>

     Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected
thereby, no supplemental indenture may:

     (i)    change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest
            on any Note or reduce the principal  amount thereof, the Interest
            Rate thereon (or the method by which such interest or principal is
            calculated) or the redemption price with respect thereto or change
            any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any
            such Note or any interest thereon is payable;
     (ii)   impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the
            provisions of the Indenture regarding payment;
     (iii)  reduce the percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the
            consent of the holders of which is required for any such
            supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is
            required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of
            the Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their
            consequences as provided for in the Indenture;
     (iv)   modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the
            voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on such Notes,
            the Trust Depositor, or any of their respective affiliates;
     (v)    reduce the percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the
            consent of the holders of which is required to direct the Indenture
            Trustee to sell or liquidate the property of the Trust if the
            proceeds of such sale or liquidation would be insufficient to pay
            the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the
            outstanding Notes;
     (vi)   decrease the percentage of the aggregate of such Notes required to
            amend the provisions of the Indenture which specify the applicable
            percentage of voting interests of the Notes necessary to amend such
            Indenture or certain other related agreements; or 
     (vii)  permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity
            with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the
            collateral for the Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or
            contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the lien of such Indenture
            on any such collateral or deprive the holder of any such Note of
            the security afforded by the lien of such Indenture.

LIST OF NOTEHOLDERS AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Upon the written request of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee will provide to
the Servicer within 15 days after receipt of such request, a list of the names
and addresses of all Certificateholders.  In addition, three or more holders of
Certificates or holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
voting interests of the Certificates, upon compliance by such Certificateholders
with certain provisions of the Trust Agreement, may request that the Owner
Trustee afford such Certificateholders access during business hours to the
current list of Certificateholders of purposes of communicating with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the Trust Agreement. 

     Three or more holders of Notes may, by written request to the Indenture
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by such
Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with the other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes.  The
Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access to
the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy,
on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all
Noteholders.  

     Neither the Trust Agreement nor the Indenture will provide for the holding
of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders or Certificateholders.

TERMINATION

     The obligations of the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee with respect to you pursuant to the Trust Agreement, Agreement
or Indenture will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or
other liquidation of the last Contract and the disposition of any amounts
received upon liquidation of any property remaining in the Trust, or (ii) the
payment to all Noteholders and Certificateholders of all amounts required 

                                       S-48
<PAGE>

to be paid to them pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust Agreement; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  in no event shall the Trust continue beyond the 
expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the descendants 
of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to the Court 
of St. James, living on the Closing Date (each a "TERMINATION EVENT").  The 
Seller's representations, warranties and indemnities will survive any 
termination of the Agreement.  Upon termination, amounts in the Collection 
Account, if any, will be paid to the Trust Depositor.  

     The Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee will give written notice of 
termination to each Noteholder and Certificateholder of record.  The final 
distribution to you will be made only upon surrender and cancellation of your 
Notes and Certificates at the office or agency of the related Trustee 
specified in the notice of termination.  Any funds remaining in the Trust, 
after such Trustee has taken certain measures to locate you and such measures 
have failed, will be distributed to a charity designated by the Servicer.

PAYMENT IN FULL OF NOTES

     Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction 
and discharge of the Indenture, the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the 
rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to 
all the rights of the Noteholders, under the Agreement, except as otherwise 
provided therein. 

THE TRUSTEES

     A Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Administrator, or 
its successor, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee.  The 
Administrator (as defined herein) may also remove the Owner Trustee or the 
Indenture Trustee, in each case if such Trustee becomes insolvent or ceases 
to be eligible to continue as trustee under the Trust Agreement or Indenture, 
as the case may be. In such event, the Administrator will be obligated to 
appoint a successor Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee.  Any resignation or 
removal of a Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not become 
effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee. 

     Each Trustee and any of its affiliates may hold Notes and Certificates 
in their own names or as pledgees.  For the purpose of meeting the legal 
requirements of certain jurisdictions, the Administrator and the Owner 
Trustee or Indenture Trustee acting jointly (or in some instances, the Owner 
Trustee and Indenture Trustee acting without the Administrator) will have the 
power to appoint co-trustees or separate trustees of all or any part of the 
Trust.  In the event of such an appointment, all rights, powers, duties and 
obligations conferred or imposed upon such Trustee by the Indenture, the 
Agreement or Trust Agreement will be conferred or imposed upon such Trustee 
and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in 
which such Trustee will be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain 
acts, singly upon such separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and 
perform such rights, powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction 
of such Trustee.  

      The Trust Agreement will further provide that the Owner Trustee will be 
entitled to indemnification by the Trust Depositor for, and will be held 
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Trustee not 
resulting from its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence (other 
than by reason of a breach of any of its representations or warranties set 
forth in such agreement).  The Indenture will further provide that the 
Indenture Trustee will be entitled to indemnification by the Trust or the 
Administrator for any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Trustee not 
resulting from its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES

     The Trustees will not make any representations as to the validity or 
sufficiency of the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, the Notes and 
Certificates issued pursuant thereto (other than the execution and 
authentication thereof) or of any Contracts or related documents.  The 
Trustees will not be accountable for the use or application by the Trust 
Depositor or the Servicer of any funds paid to the Trust Depositor or the 
Servicer in respect of such Notes and Certificates or the related Contracts 
or the investment of any monies by the Servicer before such monies are 
deposited into the Collection Account.  The Trustees will not independently 
verify the existence or characteristics of 

                                       S-49
<PAGE>

the Contracts.  If no Event of Default or Termination Event (as defined in 
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- TERMINATION") 
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustees will be required to perform only 
those duties specifically required of it under the Indenture, the Trust 
Agreement or the Agreement, as the case may be.  Generally those duties will 
be limited to the receipt of the various certificates and reports or other 
instruments required to be furnished to such Trustee under such agreements, 
in which case it will only be required to examine them to determine whether 
they conform to the requirements of such agreements.  The Trustees will not 
be charged with knowledge of a failure by the Servicer to perform its duties 
under the relevant agreements which failure constitutes  an Event of Default 
or a Termination Event unless the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee  obtains 
actual knowledge of such failure as specified in such agreements.

     Neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee will be under any 
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the 
Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the Agreement, as the case may be, or to 
make any investigation of matters arising thereunder or to institute, conduct 
or defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, 
order or direction of any of Noteholders or Certificateholders, unless such 
Noteholders or Certificateholders have offered to such Trustee reasonable 
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be 
incurred therein or thereby.  No Noteholder or Certificateholders will have 
any right under any such agreement to institute any proceeding with respect 
to such agreement, unless such holder previously has given to such Trustee 
written notice of default and (i) the default arises from the Servicer's 
failure to remit payments when due or (ii) the holders of Notes and 
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests of all of 
the related Notes and Certificates, voting together as a single class, have 
made written request upon such Trustee to institute such proceeding in its 
own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered to such Trustee reasonable 
indemnity and such Trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute 
any such proceedings.

TRUST DEPOSITOR LIABILITY

     The Trust Agreement will require the Trust Depositor  to agree to be 
liable directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, 
claims, damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or 
Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor with respect to the Trust) 
arising out of or based on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement as 
though such arrangement created a partnership under the Delaware Revised 
Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which Trust Depositor was a general 
partner.  

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     Eaglemark, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the 
"ADMINISTRATOR"), will enter into an agreement (the "ADMINISTRATION 
AGREEMENT") with the Trust, the Trust Depositor and the Indenture Trustee 
pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in the 
Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform other 
administrative obligations required to be provided or performed by the Trust 
or the Owner Trustee under the Indenture. The Administrator in the 
Administration Agreement agrees to perform certain accounting functions of 
the Trust which the Owner Trustee is required to perform pursuant to the 
Trust Agreement, including but not limited to maintaining the books of the 
trust, filing tax returns for the trust, and delivering tax related reports 
to each Securityholder (except the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility 
for distributing the Schedule K-1s). As compensation for the performance of 
the Administrator's obligations under the Administration Agreement and as 
reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be 
entitled to a monthly administration fee, which fee will be paid by the 
Servicer.

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES

     The Servicer will manage, administer, service and make collections on 
the Contracts exercising the degree of skill and care consistent with the 
highest degree of skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to 
similar contracts serviced by the Servicer and in any event with no less 
degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of 
motorcycle conditional sales contracts.  

                                       S-50
<PAGE>

     The Servicer may, consistent with its customary servicing procedures, grant
to the Obligor on any Contract an extension of payments due under such Contract,
provided that:

     (i)    the extension period is limited to 45 days;
     (ii)   the Obligor has not received an extension during the previous
            twelve-month period;
     (iii)  the evidence supports the Obligor's willingness and capability to
            resume monthly payments;
     (iv)   such extension is consistent with the Servicer's customary
            servicing procedures and with the Agreement;
     (v)    such extension does not extend the maturity date of the Contract
            beyond the last maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the
            initial Cutoff Date (or as of the last Cutoff Date, if any); and
     (vi)   the aggregate Principal Balances of Contracts which have had
            extensions granted does not exceed more than 3.00% of the aggregate
            of the principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     The Servicer will be entitled to receive a monthly servicing fee for each
Due Period (to be paid on the related Distribution Date) equal to 1/12th of 1%
of the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of such Due
Period.  Along with the monthly servicing fee, and included as part of the
"SERVICING FEE" as defined in the Agreement, the Servicer will be entitled to
receive late payment penalty fees and extension fee paid by Obligors during the
related Due Period as additional compensation.  Such Servicing Fee is payable
prior to the payment of principal and interest on the Notes and Certificates. 
See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS
ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES" above.

     The Servicing Fee provides compensation for customary third-party servicing
activities to be performed by the Servicer for the Trust, for additional
administrative services performed by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust and for
expenses paid by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust.

     Customary servicing activities include collecting and recording payments,
communicating with Obligors, investigating payment delinquencies, providing
billing and tax records to Obligors and maintaining internal records with
respect to each Contract.  Administrative services performed by the Servicer on
behalf of the Trust include selecting and packaging the Contracts, calculating
distributions to Noteholders and Certificateholders and providing related data
processing and reporting services for Noteholders and Certificateholders and on
behalf of the Trustees.  Expenses incurred in connection with servicing of the
Contracts and paid by the Servicer from its servicing fees include payment of
fees and expenses of accountants, payments of all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the enforcement of Contracts, and payment of expenses incurred
in connection with distributions and reports to Noteholders and
Certificateholders.

INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE

     The terms of each Contract require that for the life of the Contract, each
motorcycle is covered by a collision and comprehensive or equivalent insurance
policy which covers physical damage risks, provides limited insurance coverage
for damage to the motorcycle and names the Seller as a loss payee.  The amount
of insurance coverage is limited to the value of the motorcycle.  In the
Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller has warranted that each motorcycle
securing the Contracts are covered by physical damage insurance (i) in an amount
not less than the value of the motorcycle at the time the related Contract was
originated and (ii) that all premiums due on such insurance have been paid in
full from the date of the Contract's origination.  Pursuant to Contract terms,
the Servicer may "FORCE PLACE" collision and comprehensive insurance with
respect to the related motorcycle in those situations in which the Obligor has
not maintained the required insurance.  Currently, the Servicer utilizes
Recreational Products Insurance Division, a division of Universal Underwriters
Insurance Company, to "FORCE PLACE" comprehensive and collision insurance in 31
states in which Obligors reside.  As conveyee and assignee of the Contracts, the
Trust will be entitled to the benefits of such insurance.  See "CERTAIN
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS."
Following repossession of a motorcycle by the Servicer, the Servicer 

                                       S-51
<PAGE>

does not maintain such insurance.  In the event the Servicer repossesses a 
motorcycle on behalf of the Trust, the Servicer will act as self-insurer for 
any damage to such motorcycle until it is resold. 

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     Pursuant to the Agreement, on or before March 31 of each year, beginning 
on March 31, 1999, the Servicer will deliver to the Trustees and the Rating 
Agencies a report of a nationally recognized accounting firm, with respect to 
the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December 31, a statement 
addressed to the Board of Directors of the Servicer, and to the Trustees to 
the effect that such firm has audited the consolidated financial statements 
of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. and issued its report thereon and that 
such audit (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and 
such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the 
circumstances; (2) included an examination of documents and records relating 
to the servicing of substantially similar motorcycle conditional sales 
contracts under substantially similar pooling and servicing agreements  (such 
substantially similar statement to have attached thereto a schedule setting 
forth the pooling and servicing agreements covered thereby, including the 
Agreement); (3) included an examination of the delinquency and loss 
statistics relating to the portfolio of motorcycle conditional sales 
contracts of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and (4) 
except as described in the statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in 
the records relating to motorcycle loans serviced for others that, in the 
firm's opinion, generally accepted auditing standards requires such firm to 
report.  Such statement  will further state that (1) a review in accordance 
with agreed upon procedures was made of one randomly selected Monthly Report 
and (2) except as disclosed in the Accountant's Report, no exceptions or 
errors in the Monthly Report so examined were found.

     The Agreement provides that the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustees 
and the Rating Agencies such underlying data as each may reasonably request.  

EVENTS OF TERMINATION

     An Event of Termination under the Agreement will occur if (a) either the 
Servicer or the Seller fails to make any payment or deposit required under 
the Notes and Certificates, the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement 
and such failure continues for four Business Days after the date on which 
such payment or deposit was due; (b) either the Servicer or the Seller fails 
to observe or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement in 
the Notes, Certificates, the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement 
which continues unremedied for thirty days after the date on which such 
failure commences; (c) either the Servicer or the Seller assigns its duties 
or rights under the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement, except as 
specifically permitted under the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement, or attempts to make such an assignment; (d) a court having 
jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for relief in respect 
of the Servicer or Trust Depositor in an involuntary case under any 
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in 
effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or 
sequestrator (or similar official) of the Servicer, or Trust Depositor, or 
for any substantial liquidation of their respective affairs; (e) the Servicer 
or Trust Depositor commences a voluntary case under any applicable 
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or consents to the entry of an order 
for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the 
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, 
trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the 
Servicer or Trust Depositor or for any substantial part of its property or 
shall have made any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails 
to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay debts as they become due, or 
takes any corporate action in furtherance of the foregoing; (f) the failure 
of the Servicer to deliver the Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of the 
Agreement and such failure remains uncured for five business days after the 
date on which such failure commences; or (g) any representation, warranty or 
statement of the Servicer made in the Agreement or any certificate, report or 
other writing delivered pursuant thereto shall prove to be incorrect in any 
material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made and the 
incorrectness of such representation, warranty or statement has a material 
adverse effect on the Trust and, within 30 days after written notice thereof 
shall have been given to the Servicer or the Trust Depositor by the Trustee, 
the circumstances or condition in respect of which such 

                                       S-52
<PAGE>

representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been 
eliminated or otherwise cured.  The Servicer will be required under the 
Agreement to give the Trustees, the Rating Agencies, the Noteholders and the 
Certificateholders notice of an Event of Termination promptly upon the 
occurrence of such Event. 

RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION

     If an Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing,  the 
Noteholders evidencing more than 50% of the voting interests of the Notes or, 
if all the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged 
in accordance with its terms, the holders of Certificates evidencing more 
than 50% of the voting interests of the Certificates, may terminate all of 
the Servicer's management, administrative, servicing, custodian and 
collection functions under the Agreement.  Upon such termination, the 
Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and 
liabilities of the Servicer under the Agreement and will be entitled to 
similar compensation arrangements; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Indenture 
Trustee will not assume any obligation of the Seller to repurchase Contracts 
for breach of representations and warranties, and the Indenture Trustee will 
not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer occurring prior to a 
transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions or for any breach 
by the Servicer of any of its representations and warranties contained in the 
Agreement or any related document or agreement. Notwithstanding such 
termination, the Servicer shall be entitled to payment of certain amounts 
payable to it prior to such termination, for services rendered prior to such 
termination.  No such termination will affect in any manner the Seller's 
obligation to repurchase certain Contracts for breaches of representations 
and warranties under the Agreement.  In the event that the Indenture Trustee 
in so acting would be in violation of legal requirements with a resulting 
material adverse effect upon it, it may resign such role and if a successor 
has not been appointed within 60 days, it may petition a court of competent 
jurisdiction for its removal.  

     Following an Event of Termination, the Indenture Trustee shall terminate 
the Lockbox Agreement and direct all Obligors under the Contracts to make all 
payments under the Contracts to the Indenture Trustee, or to a lockbox 
established by the Indenture Trustee.  

ADVANCES

     The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to 
accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with 
respect to the related Due Period, but only to the extent that the Servicer 
believes that the amount of such advance will be recoverable from collections 
on the Contracts. The Servicer will deposit any advances in the Collection 
Account no later than the Determination Date.  The Servicer will be entitled 
to recoup such advances on a Contract by means of a first priority withdrawal 
from Available Monies on any Distribution Date.  

               SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS;
                               REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

GENERAL

     As a result of the Seller's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to
the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust
Depositor's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to
the Agreement, the Trust's pledge to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, through the Indenture
Trustee, will succeed collectively to all of the rights under such Contracts
(including the right to receive payment on the Contracts) on or after the
related Cutoff Date.  Each Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the
Obligor to repay the loan evidenced thereby and (b) the grant of a security
interest in the related motorcycle to secure repayment of such loan.  Certain
aspects of both features of the Contracts are more fully described below.

                                       S-53
<PAGE>

     The Contracts are "CHATTEL PAPER" as defined in the Uniform Commercial 
Code (the "UCC") in effect in the states in which the related motorcycles 
were initially registered.  Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is 
treated in a manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel 
paper.  The Seller and the Trust Depositor will make an appropriate filing of 
UCC-1 financing statements in Nevada and Illinois to give notice of the 
Indenture Trustee's security interest in the Contracts, and the Contracts 
held by the Servicer as custodian will be stamped to reflect their conveyance 
and assignment from the Seller  to the Trust Depositor and the Trust 
Depositor to the Trust and their pledge from the Trust to the Indenture 
Trustee.  However, if a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical 
possession of any Contracts without notice of such conveyance and assignment, 
the Trust's interest in those Contracts could be defeated.  See "DESCRIPTION 
OF THE CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.

SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MOTORCYCLES

     The motorcycles securing the Contracts are located in 50 states, the 
District of Columbia and the U.S. Territories.  Security interests in such 
motorcycles may be perfected either by notation of the secured party's lien 
on the certificate of title or by delivery of the required documents and 
payment of a fee to the state motor vehicle authority, depending on state 
law.  The Seller's  practice is to effect such notation or delivery of the 
required documents and fees, and to obtain possession of the certificate of 
title, as appropriate under the laws of the state in which any motorcycle 
securing a Contract is registered.  In the event either the Trust Depositor 
fails, due to clerical error, to effect such notation or delivery, or files 
the security interest under the wrong law, the Seller may not have a first 
priority security interest in the motorcycle securing a Contract.  In such 
event, the only recourse of the Trust would be against the Seller pursuant to 
its repurchase obligation.  See "SECURITY INTEREST AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS--REPURCHASE  OBLIGATIONS" below.  However, 
the Seller believes that it has obtained a perfected first priority security 
interest by proper notation or delivery of the required documents and fees 
with respect to all of the motorcycles securing Contracts.

     The Seller will convey and assign its security interest in the 
motorcycles to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will convey and assign its security interest 
in such motorcycles to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and the Trust will 
pledge its security interest in such motorcycles to the Indenture Trustee 
pursuant to the Indenture. However, because of the administrative burden and 
expense, neither the Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Owner Trustee nor the 
Indenture Trustee will amend the certificates of title to identify the 
Indenture Trustee as the new secured party and, accordingly, the Seller will 
continue to be named as the secured party on the certificates of title 
relating to the motorcycles.  See generally "RISK FACTORS -- RISK OF 
UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" in the Prospectus.  
The Seller, as Servicer, will continue to hold any certificates of title 
relating to the motorcycles in its possession as custodian and agent for the 
Trust pursuant to the Agreement.

     In the event that the owner of a motorcycle moves to a state other than 
the state in which such motorcycle initially is registered, under the laws of 
most states the perfected security interest in the motorcycle would continue 
for four months after such relocation and thereafter until the owner 
re-registers the motorcycle in such state.  A majority of states generally 
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a motorcycle; 
accordingly, the Servicer must surrender possession if it holds the 
certificate of title to such motorcycle or, in the case of motorcycles 
registered in states which provide for notation of lien, the Seller would 
receive notice of surrender if the security interest in the motorcycle is 
noted on the certificate of title.  Accordingly, the Servicer would have the 
opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the motorcycle in the 
state of relocation.  In states which do not require a certificate of title 
for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat perfection. 
In the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of Contracts, the Servicer 
takes steps to effect such re-perfection upon receipt of notice of 
re-registration or information from the Obligor or the Obligor's insurance 
carrier as to relocation.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells a motorcycle, the 
Servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or will 
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will 
have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before 
release of the lien.  Under the Agreement, the Servicer is obligated to take 
such steps, at its expense, as are necessary to maintain perfection of 
security interests in the motorcycles securing the Contracts.

                                       S-54
<PAGE>

     Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a 
motorcycle take priority even over a perfected security interest.  The Seller 
will represent in the Transfer and Sale Agreement that as of the sale date of 
the Contracts, it has no knowledge of any such liens with respect to any 
motorcycle securing payment on any Contract.  However, such liens could arise 
at any time during the term of a Contract.  No notice will be given to the 
Trust, to the Noteholders or Certificateholders in the event such a lien 
arises.

ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MOTORCYCLES

     The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the 
Trust's security interest with respect to defaulted Contracts by repossession 
and resale of the Motorcycles securing such defaulted Contracts.  Under the 
laws applicable in most states, a creditor can repossess a motorcycle 
securing a contract by voluntary surrender, by "SELF-HELP" repossession that 
is "PEACEFUL" (I.E., without breach of the peace) or, in the absence of 
voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess without breach of the peace, 
by judicial process.  The UCC and consumer protection laws in most states 
place restrictions on repossession sales, including requiring prior notice to 
the debtor and commercial reasonableness in effecting such a sale.  In the 
event of such repossession and resale of a Motorcycle, the Trust would be 
entitled to be paid out of the sale proceeds before such proceeds could be 
applied to the payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or the holders of 
subsequently perfected security interests or, thereafter, to the debtor.

     Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to 
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession 
and resale of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan.  However, some 
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.

     Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state 
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or 
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a 
deficiency judgment.

OTHER MATTERS

     The so-called "HOLDER-IN-DUE-COURSE" rule of the Federal Trade 
Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer 
credit contract which is the seller of goods which gave rise to the 
transaction (and certain related lenders' assignees) to transfer such 
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder.  The effect of 
this rule is to subject the assignee of such a contract to all claims and 
defenses which the debtor could assert against the seller.  Liability under 
this rule, which would be applicable to the Trust, is limited to amounts paid 
under a Contract; however, the Obligor also may be able to assert the rule to 
set off remaining amounts due as a defense against a claim brought by the 
Trust against such Obligor.  Numerous other federal and state consumer 
protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination of and 
lending pursuant to the Contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the 
Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit 
Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection 
Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code.  In the case of some of 
these laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the 
enforceability of the related Contract.  See generally "RISK FACTORS 
- --ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE ON 
ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN THE MOTORCYCLES; CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" in the 
Prospectus.

REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS

     Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will make warranties 
relating to validity, subsistence, perfection and priority of the security 
interest in each motorcycle securing a Contract.  Accordingly, if any defect 
exists in the perfection of the security interest in any such motorcycle and 
such defect materially adversely affects a Contract, such defect would 
constitute a breach of a representation and warranty under the Transfer and 
Sale Agreement and would create an obligation of the Trust Depositor to 
repurchase such Contract from the Trust unless the breach is cured.  See 
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF 
CONTRACTS" above.

                                       S-55
<PAGE>

     In addition, the Seller will also warrant under the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement that each Contract complies with all requirements of law. 
Accordingly, if any Obligor has a claim against the Trust for violation of 
any law and such claim materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in a 
Contract, such violation would constitute a breach of a representation and 
warranty under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an obligation 
to repurchase such Contract unless the breach is cured.  See "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" 
above.

                           FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following is a general and brief discussion of certain United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Notes and the Certificates.  For a full description of the material federal
income tax consequences of the ownership of Notes and Certificates in the Owner
Trust, see the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS."  Any
material variations from the discussion in the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS" will be specified below.

     The discussion herein is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other
applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect.  There are no cases or Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving a trust and
instruments issued by that trust with terms similar to those of the Trust, and
the Notes and the Certificates.  As a result, there can be no assurance that the
IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in the following summary, and
no ruling from the IRS has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed
below.  Furthermore, legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur,
perhaps with retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the
statements and conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences to
holders of the Notes and the Certificates.

     This discussion and the more detailed discussion set forth in the
Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS," do not purport to
deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to all
holders of Notes and Certificates in light of their personal investment or tax
circumstances nor to certain types of holders who may be subject to special
treatment under the federal income tax laws (including, without limitation,
financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, foreign persons,
tax-exempt organizations and persons who hold the Notes or Certificates as part
of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction).  This information is
generally directed to prospective purchasers who purchase Notes or Certificates
at the time of original issue, who are citizens or residents of the United
States, and who hold the Notes or Certificates as "CAPITAL ASSETS" within the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.  Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns
(including those filed by any partnership or other issuer) should be aware that
under applicable Treasury Regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of
law is not considered an income tax return preparer unless the advice is (i)
given with respect to events that have occurred at the time the advice is
rendered and is not given with respect to the consequences of contemplated
actions, and (ii) is directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax
return.  Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their own tax advisors and tax
return preparers regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even
where the anticipated tax treatment has been discussed herein.  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE,
LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP
AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES.

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AND THE NOTES

     Winston & Strawn, as federal tax counsel ("FEDERAL TAX COUNSEL") to the
Trust Depositor, has delivered an opinion to the Trust Depositor that for U.S.
federal income tax purposes (i) the Trust will not be treated as an 

                                       S-56
<PAGE>

association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and 
(ii) the Notes will be treated as indebtedness of the Trust.  This opinion is 
based on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related 
documents will be complied with, including, without limitation, that the 
Trust Depositor, each Certificateholder, and each Noteholder will agree to 
treat the Certificates as equity interests in a partnership and the Notes as 
debt of such partnership and that the Certificateholders will take all action 
necessary, if any, or refrain from taking any inconsistent action so as to 
ensure that the Trust is a partnership under Treasury Regulations sections 
301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3.  The Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust will 
file IRS Form 8832 making for the Trust a protective election to be treated 
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.  The opinion is also based 
on Federal Tax Counsel's conclusions that (i) the Trust will constitute a 
business entity that has two or more members within the meaning of those 
regulations; (ii) the nature of the Trust's income will exempt it from the 
rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations, 
and (iii) the Trust, if a corporation, would not constitute a regulated 
investment company under Code Section 851.  An opinion of counsel is not 
binding on a court or the IRS and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a 
court will agree with Federal Tax Counsel's opinion.

GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF A HOLDER OF A NOTE

     Unless the Notes are treated as having original issue discount, a holder 
of a Note will generally be taxable on the interest received or accrued with 
respect to the Note under the holder's general system of tax accounting.  On 
a sale of a Note, a holder will generally recognize gain or loss on the 
difference between the amount realized and the holder's basis in the Note.  
Such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss.  Withholding tax 
may be imposed on payments received with respect to the Notes unless certain 
IRS forms are provided to the Owner Trustee or the holder is eligible for an 
exemption from such withholding.  For a complete discussion of these 
withholding rules and the other federal income tax consequences to a holder 
of the Notes, see the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER 
TRUSTS."

GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF A HOLDER OF A CERTIFICATE

     A holder of a Certificate, as a partner in a partnership, will be 
treated as receiving such holder's allocable share of the Trust's income, 
gain, loss, or deductions in accordance with the terms of the Trust 
Agreement, the Code, and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.  The holder 
will generally recognize gain or loss on the sale of a Certificate equal to 
the difference between the amount realized and the holder's basis in its 
partnership interest that is allocated to the Certificate.  Withholding taxes 
may also be imposed with respect to payments on the Certificates unless 
certain IRS forms are provided to the Owner Trustee or the holder is eligible 
for an exemption from such withholding.  For a complete discussion of these 
withholding tax rules and the other federal income tax consequences to a 
holder of a Certificate, see the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS."

                                 ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE NOTES

     The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended 
("ERISA"), imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to 
ERISA ("ERISA PLANS") and prohibits certain transactions between ERISA Plans 
and persons who are "PARTIES IN INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) with 
respect to assets of such Plans.  Section 4975 of the Code prohibits a 
similar set of transactions between certain plans or individual retirement 
accounts ("CODE PLANS," and together with ERISA Plans, "PLANS") and persons 
who are "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS" (as defined in the Code) with respect to Code 
Plans.  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans and  
church plans (if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code), 
are not subject to the requirements of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and 
assets of such plans may be invested in the Notes, subject to the provisions 
of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which is qualified 
under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from taxation under Section 
501(a) of the Code is, however, subject to the prohibited transaction rules 
set forth in Section 503 of the Code.

                                       S-57
<PAGE>

     Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary 
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and 
diversification and the requirement that investments be made in accordance 
with the documents governing the ERISA Plan.  Before investing in the Notes, 
an ERISA Plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether to do 
so is appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity 
needs of the ERISA Plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

     In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit 
parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to ERISA Plans and 
Code Plans from engaging in certain transactions involving such Plans or 
"PLAN ASSETS" of such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption 
applies to the transaction.  Section 4975 of the Code and Sections 502(i) and 
502(1) of ERISA provide for the imposition of certain excise taxes and civil 
penalties on certain persons that engage or participate in such prohibited 
transactions.  The Trust Depositor, the Underwriters, the Servicer, the 
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee or certain affiliates thereof may be 
considered or may become parties in interest or disqualified persons with 
respect to a Plan.  If so, the acquisition or holding of the Notes by, on 
behalf of or with "PLAN ASSETS" of such Plan may be considered to give rise 
to a "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of ERISA and/or Section 4975 
of the Code, unless an administrative exemption described below or some other 
exemption is available.

     The Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the Trust 
Depositor, the Underwriters, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, or the 
Owner Trustee or an affiliate thereof either (a) has discretionary authority 
or control with respect to the investment or management of such assets or (b) 
has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment 
advice with respect to such assets pursuant to an agreement or understanding 
that such advice will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with 
respect to such assets and that such advice will be based on the particular 
needs of the Plan or (c) is an employer of employees covered under the Plan, 
unless such investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled 
separate account or a bank collective investment fund and an exemption is 
available.

     Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, certain prohibited 
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the Notes - 
for example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, which 
exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by an "IN-HOUSE 
ASSET MANAGER;" PTCE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions between 
insurance company general accounts and parties in interest; PTCE 91-38, which 
exempts certain transactions between bank collective investment funds and 
parties in interest; PTCE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions between 
insurance company pooled separate accounts and parties in interest; or PTCE 
84-14, which exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by a 
"QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ASSET MANAGER."  There can be no assurance that any 
of these exemptions will apply with respect to any Plan's investment in the 
Notes or, even if an exemption were deemed to apply, that any exemption would 
apply to all prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with such 
investment.

     Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any 
fiduciary or other Plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a Plan in 
the Notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential 
consequences under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code of doing so.

THE CERTIFICATES

     The Certificates may not be acquired by a Plan.  By its acceptance of a 
Certificate or a beneficial interest therein, each Certificateholder or 
Certificate Owner will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is 
not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that 
is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in 
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code (other than a governmental plan described in 
Section 4975(g)(2) of the Code) or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets 
include assets of such a plan by reason of the plan's investment in the 
entity or which uses assets of such a plan to acquire Certificates.

                                       S-58
<PAGE>

                                     UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting 
Agreement dated November 17, 1998, among the Seller, the Trust Depositor and 
the underwriters named below (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), the Seller has 
agreed to cause the Trust to sell to each of the underwriters named below, 
and the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, the principal amount 
of the Notes and Certificates set forth opposite its name below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Principal Amount of       Principal Amount of       Principal Amount of
 Underwriters               Class A-1 Notes           Class A-2 Notes           Certificates
<S>                            <C>                       <C>                      <C>
 Salomon Smith Barney Inc.     $ 52,500,000               $22,700,000              $4,800,000

 Chase Securities Inc.           52,500,000                22,700,000               4,800,000
                               ------------               -----------              ----------
 Total                         $105,000,000               $45,400,000              $9,600,000
                               ------------               -----------              ----------
                               ------------               -----------              ----------
</TABLE>

     The Seller has been advised by the underwriters that they propose 
initially to offer the Notes and Certificates to the public at the prices set 
forth herein, and to certain dealers at such prices less the initial 
concession not in excess of 0.120% per Class A-1 Note, 0.170% per Class A-2 
Note and 0.325% per Certificate.  The underwriters may allow and such dealers 
may reallow a concession not in excess of 0.090% per Class A-1 Note, 0.120% 
per Class A-2 Note and 0.240% per Certificate to certain other dealers.  
After the initial public offering of the Notes and Certificates, the public 
offering price and such concessions may be changed.

     Until the distribution of the Notes and Certificates is completed, rules 
of the Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters and certain 
selling group members to bid for and purchase the Notes and Certificates.  As 
an exception to these rules, the underwriters are permitted to engage in 
certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Notes and Certificates.  
Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, 
fixing or maintaining the price of the Notes and Certificates.

     There is currently no secondary market for the Notes or Certificates and 
you should not assume that one will develop.  The underwriters currently 
expect, but are not obligated to make a market in the Notes and Certificates. 
You should not assume that any such market will develop, or if one does 
develop, that it will continue or provide sufficient liquidity.

     Certain persons participating in this offering may engage in 
transactions that affect the price of the Notes and Certificates.  Such 
transactions may include the purchase of Notes and/or Certificates to cover 
syndicate short positions.  If the underwriters create a short position in 
the Notes and Certificates in connection with the offering, I.E., if it sells 
more Notes and Certificates than are set forth on the cover page of this 
Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters may reduce that short position by 
purchasing Notes and Certificates in the open market.  In general, purchases 
of a security to reduce a short position could cause the price of the 
security to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

     Neither the Seller nor the underwriters make any representations or 
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the 
transactions described above, if engaged in, may have on the prices of the 
Notes and Certificates.  In addition, neither the Seller nor the underwriters 
make any representation that the underwriters will engage in such 
transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not be 
discontinued without notice.

     The underwriters have represented and agreed that:

     (i)       they have not offered or sold and, prior to the expiration of 
the period of six months from the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any 
Notes and Certificates to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons 

                                       S-59
<PAGE>

whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or 
disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their 
businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not 
result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of 
the Public Offers of Notes and Certificates Regulation 1995; 

     (ii)      they have complied and will comply with all applicable 
provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done 
by it in relation to the Notes and Certificates in, from or otherwise 
involving the United Kingdom; and 

     (iii)     they have only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass 
on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the 
issue of the Notes and Certificates to a person who is of a kind described in 
Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) 
(Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom such document may otherwise 
lawfully be issued or passed on.

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Seller and the Trust 
Depositor will indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, 
including liabilities under the Notes and Certificates Act, or contribute to 
payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, the underwriters 
and their respective affiliates have engaged and may in the future engage in 
investment banking or commercial banking transactions with Harley-Davidson, 
Inc., Eaglemark, Inc., Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. or any of their 
respective affiliates.

                              RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES

     It is a condition of issuance that each of the Class A-1 Notes and Class 
A-2 Notes be rated AAA by Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Aaa by 
Moody's Investors Services, Inc. and the Certificates be rated at least BBB 
by Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Baa2 by Moody's Investors Services, 
Inc. 

     There is no assurance that any such rating will continue for any period 
of time or that it will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by the assigning 
rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant.  A revision or 
withdrawal of such rating may have an adverse effect on the market price of 
the Notes and the Certificates.  A security rating is not a recommendation to 
buy, sell or hold the Notes and Certificates.

                                    LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Notes and Certificates, 
including certain federal income tax matters, will be passed upon for the 
Seller, Servicer, Trust Depositor and the Trust by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, 
Illinois. Certain legal matters for the Underwriters will be passed upon by 
Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.

                    REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Unless and until the Notes and Certificates are issued in physical form, 
monthly and annual unaudited reports containing information concerning the 
Contracts will be prepared by the Servicer, and sent on behalf of the Trust 
only to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and registered holder of the Notes and 
Certificates.  No financial reports will be sent to you.  See "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" 
and "--STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS AND CERTIFICATEHOLDERS" in this Prospectus 
Supplement.  Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The Servicer 
will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION" or 
the "SEC") such periodic reports with respect to the Trust as are required 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

                                       S-60
<PAGE>

     We filed a registration statement relating to the Notes and Certificates 
with the Commission.  This Prospectus is part of the registration statement, 
but the registration statement includes additional information.

     The Servicer will file with the Commission all required reports and 
other information about the Trust.

     You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we 
file at the Commission's reference room in Washington, D.C.  You can request 
copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to 
the Commission.  Please call the Commission at (800) SEC-0330 for further 
information on the operation of the public reference rooms.  Our filings with 
the Commission are also available to the public on the SEC Internet site 
(http://www.sec.gov.).

     The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information we file with 
it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by 
referring you to those documents.  The information incorporated by reference 
is considered to be part of this Prospectus.  Information that we file later 
with the SEC will automatically update the information in this Prospectus.  
In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different 
information included in this Prospectus or the accompanying Prospectus 
Supplement.  We incorporate by reference any future annual, monthly and 
special SEC reports and proxy materials filed by or on behalf of the Trust 
until we terminate our offering of the Notes and Certificates.

     As a recipient of this Prospectus, you may request a copy of any 
document we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents 
(unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, 
by writing or calling us at: Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc., 150 South 
Wacker, Suite 3100, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: Treasurer (telephone 
(312) 368-9501; facsimile (312) 368-4372).

                                       S-61

<PAGE>
                                                                ANNEX I


            GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

     Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Notes and 
Certificates (the "GLOBAL NOTES AND CERTIFICATES") will be available only in 
book-entry form.  Investors in the Global Notes and Certificates may hold 
such Global Notes and Certificates through DTC and, in the case of the Notes, 
CEDEL or Euroclear.  The Global Notes and Certificates will be tradeable as 
home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets.  
Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.  
Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Annex I have the meanings 
assigned to them in the Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes and 
Certificates through CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary 
way in accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in 
accordance with conventional eurobond practice (I.E. seven calendar day 
settlement).

     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes and 
Certificates through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and 
procedures applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

     Secondary cross-market trading between CEDEL or Euroclear and DTC 
Participants holding Global Notes and Certificates will be effected on a 
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective Depositaries of CEDEL 
and Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Notes and Certificates 
will be subject to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain 
requirements and deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities 
clearing organizations or their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

     All Global Notes and Certificates will be held in book-entry form by DTC 
in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC.  Investors' interests in the 
Global Notes and Certificates will be represented through financial 
institutions acting on their behalf as direct and indirect Participants in 
DTC.  As a result, CEDEL and Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their 
participants through their respective Depositaries, which in turn will hold 
such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Notes and Certificates through 
DTC will follow the settlement practices applicable to similar issues on 
pass-through certificates.  Investors' securities custody accounts will be 
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the 
settlement date.

     Investors electing to hold their Global Notes and Certificates through 
CEDEL or Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable 
to conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global 
security and no "LOCK-UP" or restricted period.  Global Notes and 
Certificates will be credited to the securities custody accounts on the 
settlement date against payments in same-day funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

     Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to 
establish the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's 
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired 
value date.

     TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market trading between DTC 
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to similar 
issues of pass-through certificates in same-day funds.

                                       S-62
<PAGE>

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market 
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled 
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

     TRADING BETWEEN DTC SELLER AND CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR PURCHASER.  When 
Global Notes and Certificates are to be transferred from the account of a DTC 
Participant to the account of a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant, 
the purchaser will send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL 
Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to 
settlement.  CEDEL or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as 
the case may be, to receive the Global Notes and Certificates against 
payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Notes and 
Certificates from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding 
the settlement date. Payment will then be made by the respective Depositary 
to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global Notes and 
Certificates.  After settlement has been completed, the Global Notes and 
Certificates will be credited to the respective clearing system and by the 
clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL 
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account. The Global Notes and 
Certificates credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash 
debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Notes and 
Certificates will accrue from, the value date; (which would be the preceding 
day when settlement occurred in New York).  If settlement is not completed on 
the intended value date (I.E., the trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash 
debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

     CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make 
available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process 
same-day funds settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to 
pre-positions funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing 
lines of credit, as they would for any settlement occurring within CEDEL or 
Euroclear.  Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or 
Euroclear until the Global Notes and Certificates are credited to their 
accounts one day later.

     As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit 
to them, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect to 
pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance 
settlement.  Under this procedure, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear 
Participants purchasing Global Notes and Certificates would incur overdraft 
charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global 
Notes and Certificates were credited to their accounts.  However, interest on 
the Global Notes and Certificates would accrue from the value date.  
Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the Global Notes and 
Certificates earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or 
offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend 
on each CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of 
funds.

     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC 
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Notes and 
Certificates to the respective  Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL 
Participants or Euroclear Participants.  The sale proceeds will be available 
to the DTC seller on the settlement date.  Thus, to the DTC Participant a 
cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two 
DTC Participants.

     TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC PURCHASER.  Due to 
time zone differences in their favor, CEDEL Participants and Euroclear 
Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which 
Global Notes and Certificates are to be transferred by the respective 
clearing system, through the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant.  
The seller will send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL 
Participant or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to 
settlement.  In these cases, CEDEL or Euroclear will instruct the respective 
Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's 
account against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the Global 
Notes and Certificates from and including the last coupon payment date to and 
excluding the settlement date. The payment will then be reflected in the 
account of the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, 
and receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear 
Participant's account, would be back-valued to the value date (which would be 
the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York).  Should the CEDEL 
Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its 
respective clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation or 
receipt of the sale 

                                       S-63
<PAGE>

proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft 
charges incurred over that one-day-period.  If settlement is not completed on 
the intended value date (I.E., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds 
in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would instead 
be valued as of the actual settlement date. Finally, day traders that use, 
CEDEL or Euroclear and that purchase Global Notes and Certificates from DTC 
Participants for delivery to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants 
should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale side 
unless affirmative action were taken.  At least three techniques should be 
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

          (a)  borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the
               purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL
               or Euroclear accounts) in accordance with the clearing
               system's customary procedures;

          (b)  borrowing the Global Notes and Certificates in the U.S. from
               a DTC Participant no later than one day prior to settlement,
               which would give the Global Notes and Certificates
               sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear
               account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or 

          (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
               trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC
               Participant is at least one day prior to the value date for
               the sale to the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant.

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENT

     A beneficial owner of Global Notes and Certificates holding securities
through CEDEL or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside
the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies
to payments of interest (including original issued discount) on registered debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

          EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-8).  Beneficial owners of Notes
     and Certificates that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption
     from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of
     Foreign Status).  If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form
     W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

          EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS WILL EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED INCOME (FORM
     4224).  A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a
     U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with
     its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an
     exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from
     Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a
     Trade or Business in the United States).

          EXEMPTION OR REDUCED RATE FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT IN TREATY
     COUNTRIES (FORM 1001).  Non-U.S. Persons that are Securityholders residing
     in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
     exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing
     Form 1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate).  If the
     treaty provides only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at
     that rate unless the filer alternatively files Form W-8.  Form 1001 may be
     filed by the Securityholder or his agent.

          EXEMPTION FOR U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9).  U.S. Persons can obtain a
     complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's
     Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

                                       S-64
<PAGE>

          U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURES.  The holder of a Global
     Security or in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
     files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it
     holds (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the
     books of the clearing agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for
     three calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

     The term "U.S. PERSON" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United 
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of 
the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (ii) an estate or 
trust the income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax 
purposes, regardless of its source or which is under the supervision of a 
U.S. court or U.S. fiduciary.  This summary does not deal with all aspects of 
U.S. Federal income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders 
of the Global Notes and Certificates.  Investors are advised to consult their 
own tax advisors for specific tax advice concerning their holding and 
disposing of the Global Notes and Certificates.

                                       S-65
<PAGE>

                                  GLOSSARY OF TERMS

AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE is the sum of the Principal Balances of each 
outstanding Contract and the amounts in the Pre-Funding Account.  At the time 
of initial issuance of the Notes and Certificates, the initial aggregate 
principal amount of the Notes and Certificates will equal the Aggregate 
Principal Balance plus the initial deposit into the Pre-Funding Account.

AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE DECLINE means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date, the amount by which the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the 
Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or as of the 
Cutoff Date in the case of the first Distribution Date) exceeds the Aggregate 
Principal Balance as of such Distribution Date.

AGREEMENT means the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of November 1, 1998 
among the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and Eaglemark, as 
Servicer.

AVAILABLE INTEREST means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the total 
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or 
in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts 
received in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as Late Payment 
Penalty Fees and Extension Fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net 
Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the 
repurchase prices for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to a 
breach of representation or warranty, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer, 
(v) the interest component of all amounts paid by the Trust Depositor in 
connection with a repurchase of the Contracts when the aggregate principal 
balance of the Contracts owned by the Trust has declined to less than 10% of 
the aggregate principal balance of the Contracts owned by the Trust as of the 
Closing Date, (vi) all amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges 
transferred from the Interest Reserve Account and (vii) all amounts received 
in respect of interest, dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment 
of funds in the Trust Accounts (which does not include the Interest Reserve 
Account).

AVAILABLE MONIES means the sum of Available Interest and Available Principal.

AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the total 
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or 
in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts 
received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal 
component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of 
the aggregate of the repurchase prices for Contracts repurchased by the 
Seller pursuant to a breach of a representation or warranty, and (iv) the 
principal component of all amounts paid by the Trust Depositor  in connection 
with a repurchase of the Contracts when the aggregate principal balance of 
the Contracts owned by the Trust has declined to less than 10% of the 
aggregate principal balance of the Contracts owned by the Trust as of the 
Closing Date.

AVERAGE DELINQUENCY RATIO for any Distribution Date is equal to the 
arithmetic average of the Delinquency Ratios for the Distribution Date and 
the two immediately preceding Distribution Dates 

AVERAGE LOSS RATIO for any Distribution Date is equal to the arithmetic 
average of the Loss Ratios for such Distribution Date and the two immediately 
preceding Distribution Dates.  The "LOSS RATIO" for any Distribution Date is 
equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) the 
Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts 
during the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by 12 by (y) the 
outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts as of the beginning of the 
related Due Period.  

BUSINESS DAY means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which 
banking institutions in Chicago, Illinois or Wilmington, Delaware are 
authorized or obligated by law, executive order or government decree to be 
closed.

                                       S-66
<PAGE>

CARRYING CHARGES are equal to the sum of (i) the product of (x) the weighted 
average of the Class A-1 Note interest rate, the Class A-2 Note interest rate 
and the Certificate interest rate and (y) the undisbursed funds (excluding 
investment earnings) in the Pre-Funding Account (as of the last day of the 
related Due Period, as defined herein) and (ii) trustees' fees due for the 
related Distribution Date, minus (iii) the amount of any investment earnings 
on funds in the Pre-Funding Account which was transferred to the Interest 
Reserve Account, as well as interest earnings on amounts in the Interest 
Reserve Account.

CERTIFICATE BALANCE equals $9,600,000 on the Closing Date and thereafter 
shall equal $9,600,000 reduced by all amounts allocable to principal 
previously distributed to Certificateholders.

CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date, the sum of the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount and the 
Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means the Certificate Distribution Account 
described in this Prospectus Supplement under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING 
THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- THE ACCOUNTS -- THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE 
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT." 

CERTIFICATE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest 
Distributable Amount for the immediately preceding Distribution Date and any 
outstanding Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding 
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Certificates 
that was actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such 
preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent 
permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate for the related Interest Period.

CERTIFICATE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest Distributable 
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificate Interest Carryover 
Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

CERTIFICATE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT  means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, 30 days of interest (or in the case of the first 
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to 
but excluding such Distribution Date) at the Pass-Through Rate on the 
outstanding principal amount of the Certificates on the immediately preceding 
Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to the 
Certificateholders on such preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of 
the first Distribution Date, on the original principal amount of the 
Certificates).

CERTIFICATE MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, the Certificate Percentage of the Principal Distributable 
Amount for such Distribution Date.

CERTIFICATE PERCENTAGE means (i) for each Distribution Date to but excluding 
the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is 
reduced to zero, 0%; (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the principal 
amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, such percentage that equals 
100% minus the Note Percentage; and (iii) 100% thereafter.

CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL means, as of the close of any 
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly Principal 
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificate Principal Carryover 
Shortfall from the immediately preceding Distribution Date, over the amount 
in respect of principal that was actually deposited in the Certificate 
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date.

CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Monthly Principal Distributable 
Amount and (ii) any outstanding Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall as 
of the close of the immediately preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed 
the Certificate Balance.  In addition, on the Certificate Final Distribution 

                                       S-67
<PAGE>

Date, the principal required to be deposited into the Certificate 
Distribution Account will include the amount necessary to reduce the 
Certificate Balance to zero.

CERTIFICATES means the 7.10% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed 
Certificates described in this Prospectus Supplement.

CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDERS means the holders of the Class A-1 Notes.

CLASS A-2 NOTEHOLDERS means the holders of the Class A-2 Notes.

CLASS A-1 NOTES means the 5.41% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed 
Notes, Class A-1 described in this Prospectus Supplement.

CLASS A-2 NOTES means the 5.43% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed 
Notes, Class A-2 described in this Prospectus Supplement.

CLOSING DATE is on or about November 24, 1998.

COLLECTION ACCOUNT means the Collection Account described in this Prospectus 
Supplement under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES 
- -- THE ACCOUNTS."

CONTRACTS are fixed-rate simple interest conditional sales contracts relating 
to motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson or, in a limited number of 
instances, motorcycles manufactured by Buell Motorcycle Company, an affiliate 
of Harley-Davidson

CUMULATIVE LOSS RATIO for any Distribution Date means the fraction (expressed 
as a percentage) computed by the Servicer by dividing (a) the aggregate Net 
Liquidation Losses for all Contracts since the Cutoff Date through the end of 
the related Due Period by (b) the sum of (i) the Principal Balance of the 
Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the Principal Balance of any 
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.  

CUTOFF DATE means November 11, 1998 or a subsequent date designated by the 
Trust Depositor as the date as of which Subsequent Contracts are deemed sold 
to the Trust and pledged to the Indenture Trustee.

DELINQUENCY RATIO for any Distribution Date is equal to the fraction 
(expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (a) the Delinquency Amount 
during the immediately preceding Due Period by  (b) the Principal Balance of 
the Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period.  The 
"DELINQUENCY AMOUNT" as of any Distribution Date means the Principal Balance 
of all Contracts that were delinquent 60 days or more as of the end of the 
related Due Period (including Contracts in respect of which the related 
motorcycles have been repossessed and are still inventory).

DETERMINATION DATE is the fourth business day following the conclusion of a 
Due Period. The Seller is obligated under the Transfer and Sale Agreement 
(which right against the Seller the Trust Depositor has assigned in such 
circumstances to the Trust) to repurchase the Contracts from the Trust 
Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's purchase of the 
Contracts from the Trust.

DISTRIBUTION DATE means the fifteenth day of each calendar month during the 
term of the Agreement (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next 
succeeding Business Day) commencing December 15, 1998.

DUE PERIOD means a calendar month during the term of the Agreement, and the 
Due Period related to a Determination Date or Distribution Date shall be the 
calendar month immediately preceding such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with 
respect to the initial Determination Date or initial Distribution Date, the 
Due Period shall be the period from the initial Cutoff Date to and including 
November 30, 1998.

                                       S-68
<PAGE>

EAGLEMARK means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation.  

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS means investments specified in the Agreement and will be 
limited to investments which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency that 
rated any class of Notes or the Certificates at the request of the Trust 
Depositor from time to time as being consistent with their then-current 
ratings of the related Notes and Certificates

EXCESS AMOUNTS has the meaning given such term in this Prospectus Supplement 
under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS 
ON THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- DEPOSITS TO THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE 
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."

FUNDING PERIOD is the period from and including the Closing Date until the 
earliest of (a) the Distribution Date on which the amount on deposit in the 
Pre-Funding Account is less than $150,000, (b) the date on which an Event of 
Termination occurs with respect to the Servicer under the Agreement, (c) the 
date on which certain events of insolvency occur with respect to the Trust 
Depositor or (d) the close of business on the date which is 90 days from and 
including the Closing Date.

HARLEY-DAVIDSON means Harley-Davidson, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

INITIAL CONTRACTS are the Contracts that the Trust Depositor will sell, 
transfer and assign to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement, and that the 
Trust will pledge to the Trust pursuant to the Indenture on the Closing Date.

INDENTURE means the Indenture dated as of  November 1, 1998 between the 
Indenture Trustee and the Trust.

LIQUIDATED CONTRACT means any defaulted Contract as to which the Servicer has 
determined that all amounts which it expects to recover from or on account of 
such Contract have been recovered; provided that any defaulted Contract in 
respect of which the related motorcycle has been realized upon and disposed 
of and the proceeds of such disposition have been realized shall be deemed to 
be a Liquidated Contract; and PROVIDED FURTHER, a Contract which has been 
repossessed and has not been sold by the Servicer for a period in excess of 
90 days from such date of repossession or a Contract which has been 
delinquent more than 150 days shall be deemed to be a Liquidated Contract 
with a zero balance.  

NET LIQUIDATION LOSSES means, with respect to a Liquidated Contract, the 
amount, if any, by which (a) the outstanding Principal Balance of such 
Liquidated Contract plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the annual 
interest rate stated in such Liquidated Contract to the date on which such 
Liquidated Contract became a Liquidated Contract exceeds (b) the Net 
Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract.

NET LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the proceeds 
realized on the sale or other disposition of the related motorcycle, 
including proceeds realized on the repurchase of such motorcycle by the 
originating dealer for breach of warranties, and the proceeds of any 
insurance relating to such motorcycle, after payment of all expenses incurred 
thereby, together, in all instances, with the expected or actual proceeds of 
any recourse rights relating to such Contract as well as any post disposition 
proceeds received by the Servicer.  

NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT means the Note Distribution Account described in 
this Prospectus Supplement under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES -- THE ACCOUNTS -- THE NOTE AND CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION 
ACCOUNT."

NOTE DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT  means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the 
sum of the Note Principal Distributable Amount and the Note Interest 
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

NOTE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date and a Class of Notes, the excess, if any, of the sum of the Note 
Interest Distributable Amount for such Class for the immediately preceding 
Distribution Date plus any outstanding Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for 
such Class on such preceding Distribution Date, over 

                                       S-69
<PAGE>

the amount in respect of interest that was actually deposited in the Note 
Distribution Account with respect to such Class on such preceding 
Distribution Date, plus, to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest 
on the amount of interest due but not paid to the Noteholders of such Class 
on such preceding Distribution Date at the related Interest Rate for the 
related Interest Period.

NOTE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date and a Class of Notes, the sum of the Note Monthly Interest Distributable 
Amount and the Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class of Notes for 
such Distribution Date.

NOTE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the fifteenth day of 
the month of the preceding calendar month to, but excluding, the fifteenth 
day of the calendar month in which such Distribution Date occurs  (or in the 
case of the first Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the 
Closing Date to but excluding such Distribution Date) at the related Interest 
Rate for each Class of Notes on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes 
of such Class on the immediately preceding Distribution Date, after giving 
effect to all payments of principal to Noteholders of such Class on or prior 
to such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on 
the original principal amount of such Class of Notes).

NOTE MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any 
Distribution Date, the Note Percentage of the Principal Distributable Amount 
for such Distribution Date.

NOTE PERCENTAGE is (i) 100%, for each Distribution Date to but excluding the 
Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is 
reduced to zero; (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the principal amount 
of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, such percentage which represents 
the fraction of the Principal Distributable Amount necessary to reduce the 
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes to zero; and (iii) 0.0% thereafter.

NOTE PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL means, as of the close of any Distribution 
Date, the excess of the sum of the Note Monthly Principal Distributable 
Amount and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover Shortfall from the 
immediately preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of 
principal that was actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on 
such Distribution Date.

NOTE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any Distribution 
Date, the sum of the Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for such 
Distribution Date and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover Shortfall for 
the immediately preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Note 
Principal Distributable Amount for a Class of Notes shall not exceed the 
outstanding principal amount of such Class of  Notes.  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the Note Principal Distributable Amount (i) on the Class A-1 Final 
Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary (after 
giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note Distribution 
Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the 
outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero, and (ii) on the 
Class A-2 Final Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that is 
necessary (after giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note 
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to 
reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes to zero.

NOTES means the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes.

OBLIGORS means the obligors on the Contracts which are from time to time 
sold, transferred and assigned to the Trust.

OWNER TRUSTEE means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT means the Pre-Funding Account described in this 
Prospectus Supplement under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES -- THE ACCOUNTS."

                                       S-70
<PAGE>

PRINCIPAL BALANCE means, (a) with respect to any Contract as of any date, an 
amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such Contract as of the 
opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related Subsequent Cutoff 
Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the 
Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram Down Loss in 
respect of such Contract; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if (x) a Contract is 
repurchased by the Seller because of a breach of representation or warranty, 
or if (y) the Trust Depositor gives notice of its intent to purchase the 
Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust, in each 
case the Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as 
of the related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such 
event occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the 
third Due Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is 
required to make the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal 
Balance, if any, of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from 
and after the Due Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, 
the Principal Balance of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) 
where the context requires, the aggregate of the Principal Balances described 
in clause (a) for all such Contracts.

PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT means, with respect to any Distribution Date, 
the Aggregate Principal Balance Decline for such Distribution date.

RATING AGENCIES means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A Division of The 
McGraw-Hill Companies and Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

RESERVE FUND means the Reserve Fund described in this Prospectus Supplement 
under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- THE 
ACCOUNTS"

RESERVE FUND AVAILABLE AMOUNT equals the amount of all funds on deposit in 
the Reserve Fund less the undistributed balance of the Certificate Reserve 
Amount, if any.

RESERVE FUND DEPOSITS are collectively, Excess Amounts, Subsequent Reserve 
Fund Amounts and Subsequent Certificate Reserve Amounts, the Reserve Fund 
Initial Deposit and the Certificate Reserve Amount.

SELLER means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation.  Eaglemark, Inc. is a 
100% owned subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.

SERVICER means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation.  Eaglemark, Inc. is a 
100% owned subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.

SPECIFIED RESERVE FUND BALANCE is the amount calculated under "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES -- THE ACCOUNTS -- THE 
RESERVE FUND."

SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS means the Contracts that the Trust Depositor will be 
obligated to purchase pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and that 
the Trust will be obligated to purchase and pledge pursuant to the Agreement 
and the Indenture during the period between the Closing Date and the last day 
of the Funding Period.

SUBSEQUENT RESERVE FUND AMOUNT is the amount on each Subsequent Transfer Date 
equal to 0.50% of the aggregate balance of the Subsequent Contracts conveyed 
to the Trust.

SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER DATE means each date on which Subsequent Contracts are 
conveyed to the Trust and simultaneously pledged to the Indenture Trustee.

TERMINATION EVENT shall have the meaning given to it in this Prospectus 
Supplement under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES - TERMINATION."

TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT means the Transfer and Sale Agreement dated as of 
November 1, 1998 between the Seller and the Trust Depositor.

                                       S-71
<PAGE>

TRUST means the Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 1998-3.

TRUST AGREEMENT means the Trust Agreement dated as of November 1, 1998 
between the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee.

TRUST DEPOSITOR means Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-IV, a 100% owned 
subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc.

TRUSTEES means the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.

                                       S-72
<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS

                  HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUSTS
               HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES
            HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES

                                EAGLEMARK, INC.

     The Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes (the "Notes") and 
the Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates (the 
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") described 
herein may be sold from time to time in one or more series, in amounts, at 
prices and on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth 
in a supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement").  Each series 
of Securities, which will include one or more classes of Certificates and 
may also include one or more classes of Notes, will be issued by a trust or 
other legal entity to be formed with respect to such series (each, a "Trust"). 
Each Trust will be formed pursuant to either (i) a Trust Agreement to be 
entered into between a special-purpose finance subsidiary organized and 
established by Eaglemark, Inc. (the "Company") (each such special-purpose 
finance subsidiary, a "Trust Depositor"), as depositor, and the Trustee 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Trustee") or (ii) a 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be entered into among the Trustee, the 
Trust Depositor, as seller, and the Company, as servicer (in such capacity, 
the "Servicer").  If a series of Securities includes Notes, such Notes will 
be issued and secured pursuant to an Indenture between the Trust and the 
Indenture Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the 
"Indenture Trustee") and will represent indebtedness of the related Trust.  
The Certificates of a series will represent fractional undivided interests in 
the related Trust.  Each Prospectus Supplement will specify which class or 
classes of Notes, if any, and/or which class or classes of Certificates of 
the related series are being offered thereby.  The property of each Trust 
will include a pool of fixed rate, simple interest motorcycle conditional 
sales contracts (collectively such contracts, the "Contracts") relating to 
motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc. ("Harley-Davidson") or, in 
certain limited instances and subject to certain limitations described herein 
(i) motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of Harley-Davidson, Buell 
Motorcycle Company ("Buell") and (ii) motorcycles manufactured by certain 
other manufacturers ("Other Manufacturers") as well as certain monies due or 
received thereunder on and after the applicable Cutoff Date set forth in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, security interests in the motorcycles 
financed through the Contracts and certain other property as described herein 
(the "Trust Property").  In addition, if so specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the property of the Trust will include monies on 
deposit in a trust account (the "Pre-Funding Account") and/or monies on 
deposit in a trust account (the "Collateral Reinvestment Account") to be 
established with the Indenture Trustee, which will be used to purchase 
additional Contracts (the "Subsequent Contracts") from the Trust Depositor 
from time to time during the Funding Period or Revolving Period specified in 
such Prospectus Supplement.

     Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each 
class of Securities of any series will represent the right to receive a 
specified amount of payments and/or distributions, expected to be derived 
primarily from collections in respect of principal and interest on the 
related Contracts, with such payments and/or distributions to be made at the 
rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and in such Prospectus 
Supplement.  If a series includes multiple classes of Securities, the rights 
of one or more classes of Securities to receive payments or distributions may 
be senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other classes of 
such series. Also, distributions on Certificates of a series may be 
subordinated in priority to payments due on the Notes, if any, of such series 
to the extent described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A 
series may include one or more classes of Notes and/or Certificates which 
differ from the other classes of such series as to the timing and priority of 
payment, interest rate or amount of distributions in respect of principal or 
interest or both.  A series may include one or more classes of Notes or 
Certificates entitled to distributions in respect of principal with 
disproportionate, nominal or no interest distributions, or to interest 
distributions, with disproportionate, nominal or no distributions in respect 
of principal.  The rate of payment in respect of principal of any class of 
Notes and the rate of distributions in respect of the Certificate Balance (as 
defined herein) of the Certificates of any class will depend on the priority 
of payment of such class and the rate and timing of payments (including 
prepayments, defaults, liquidations and repurchases of Contracts) on the 
related Contracts.  A rate of payment lower or higher than that anticipated 
may affect the weighted average life of each class of Securities in the 
manner described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH 
UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 13 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE RELATED 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

     EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, THE 
NOTES OF A SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES OF A 
SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND 
WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR 
INSURED BY, EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., EAGLEMARK, INC., THE TRUST 
DEPOSITOR OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
                                   ----------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES 
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE 
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY 
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                   ----------
     RETAIN THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.  This Prospectus may not be 
used to consummate sales of Securities offered hereby unless accompanied by a 
Prospectus Supplement.

               The date of this Prospectus is November 13, 1998.

<PAGE>
                              REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     With respect to each series of Securities, the Servicer will prepare and 
forward to the Applicable Trustee (as defined herein), for distribution to 
the related Securityholders, certain monthly and annual reports concerning 
such Securities and the related Trust.  In addition, within the prescribed 
period of time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year 
during the term of each Trust, the Applicable Trustee will mail to each 
person who at any time during such calendar year has been a registered 
Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment thereon a 
statement containing certain information for the purposes of such 
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns.  See "FEDERAL 
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES" and "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS" herein.

                                AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company, as originator of the Contracts in each Trust, has filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") a Registration 
Statement on Form S-3 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the 
"REGISTRATION STATEMENT") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
"SECURITIES ACT"), with respect to the Securities being offered hereby.  This 
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the 
Registration Statement, certain parts of which have been omitted in 
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission.  For further 
information, reference is made to the Registration Statement, which is 
available for inspection without charge at the public reference facilities of 
the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 
20549, and the regional offices of the Commission at Citicorp Center, 500 
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511, and Seven 
World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.  Copies of such 
information can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the 
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 
20549, at prescribed rates.  The Commission maintains a Web site at 
http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and 
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the 
Commission.

     UPON RECEIPT OF A REQUEST BY AN INVESTOR WHO HAS RECEIVED AN ELECTRONIC 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS FROM AN UNDERWRITER OR A REQUEST BY SUCH 
INVESTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN THE PERIOD DURING WHICH THERE IS AN 
OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS, THE COMPANY OR 
THE UNDERWRITERS WITH RESPECT TO THE RELATED TRUST WILL PROMPTLY DELIVER, OR 
CAUSE TO BE DELIVERED, WITHOUT CHARGE, TO SUCH INVESTOR A PAPER COPY OF THE 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                   INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All documents filed on behalf of each Trust by the Company as the 
originator of the Contracts in each Trust,  pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 
14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE 
ACT"), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the 
offering of the Securities offered by such Trusts shall be deemed to be 
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the 
dates of filing of such documents.  Any statement contained herein or in a 
document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall 
be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the 
extent that a statement contained herein (or in the accompanying Prospectus 
Supplement) or in any subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed 
to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. 
Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as 
so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     The Company, on behalf of each Trust, will provide without charge to 
each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this 
Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of such person, a 
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except 
the exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits are specifically 
incorporated by reference into the documents incorporated herein by 
reference).  Requests for such copies should be directed to Secretary, 
Eaglemark, Inc., 4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706; telephone 
(702) 886-3200.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                   SUMMARY OF TERMS

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference 
to the information with respect to the Securities of any series contained in 
the related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection 
with the offering of such Securities.  Certain capitalized terms used in this 
summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in 
the "INDEX OF TERMS" on page 65.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>

Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   With respect to each series of Securities,
                                    a Trust will be formed pursuant to either 
                                    a Trust Agreement (as amended and 
                                    supplemented from time to time, a "TRUST 
                                    AGREEMENT") between the Trust Depositor 
                                    and the Trustee for such Trust or a Pooling
                                    and Servicing Agreement (a "POOLING and
                                    SERVICING AGREEMENT") among the Trustee, 
                                    the Trust Depositor and Eaglemark, Inc., 
                                    as Servicer for such Trust.  Each Trust that
                                    is structured as an owner trust intended to
                                    be taxable as a partnership for federal 
                                    income tax purposes will be referred to 
                                    herein as an "OWNER TRUST".  Each Trust 
                                    that is taxable as a grantor trust under
                                    subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of the 
                                    Code (as hereinafter defined) will be 
                                    referred to herein as a "GRANTOR TRUST".
                                    There are also references to the 
                                    possibility of a Trust being structured as
                                    a financial asset securitization investment
                                    trust, referred to herein as a "FASIT," as 
                                    authorized by recent tax legislation.

Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . .    Eaglemark, Inc. (referred to herein as
                                    "EAGLEMARK", the "SELLER" or the "COMPANY"),
                                    a Nevada corporation, a 100% owned 
                                    subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services,
                                    Inc. ("EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL").  The Company's
                                    principal executive offices are located at 
                                    4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 
                                    89706, and its telephone number is 
                                    (702) 886-3200.  See "EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL
                                    SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC.; AND THE 
                                    TRUST DEPOSITORS".

Trust Depositor . . . . . . . . .   With respect to each series of Securities,
                                    a special-purpose finance subsidiary of the
                                    Company. 

Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . .   Eaglemark, Inc. (in such capacity, the 
                                    "SERVICER") 

Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .   With respect to a Grantor Trust, the 
                                    Trustee specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement and with respect to an Owner 
                                    Trust, the Owner Trustee specified in the 
                                    related Prospectus Supplement.

Indenture Trustee. . . . . . . . .  With respect to any series of Securities
                                    that is issued by an Owner Trust and
                                    includes one or more classes of Notes, the
                                    Indenture Trustee specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement (each such Indenture
                                    Trustee, or other Trustee as described
                                    immediately above, being sometimes referred
                                    to herein, as appropriate, as the
                                    "APPLICABLE TRUSTEE").


Securities Offered . . . . . . . .  Each series of Securities issued by an Owner
                                    Trust will include one or more classes of
                                    Certificates and may also include one or
                                    more classes of Notes. Each series of
                                    Securities issued by a Grantor Trust will
                                    include one or more classes of Certificates,
                                    but will not include any Notes. Each class
                                    of Notes will be issued pursuant to an
                                    indenture (each, an "INDENTURE") between the
                                    related Owner Trust and the Indenture
                                    Trustee specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement. Each class of Certificates will
                                    be issued pursuant to the related Trust
                                    Agreement or the related Pooling and
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    Servicing Agreement. The related Prospectus
                                    Supplement will specify which class or
                                    classes of Notes and/or Certificates of the
                                    related series are being offered thereby.

The Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . .  The Notes will be available for purchase in
                                    denominations of $1,000 and integral
                                    multiples thereof and will be available in
                                    book-entry form only. Noteholders will be
                                    able to receive Definitive Notes (as defined
                                    herein) only in the limited circumstances
                                    described herein or in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                                    REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- DEFINITIVE
                                    SECURITIES".

                                    Each class of Notes will have a stated
                                    principal amount and will accrue interest
                                    thereon at a specified rate (with respect to
                                    each class of Notes, the "INTEREST RATE").
                                    Each class of Notes may have a different
                                    Interest Rate, which may be a fixed,
                                    variable or adjustable Interest Rate, or any
                                    combination of the foregoing. The related
                                    Prospectus Supplement will specify the
                                    Interest Rate for each class of Notes, or
                                    the method for determining such Interest
                                    Rate.

                                    With respect to a series that includes two
                                    or more classes of Notes, each such class
                                    may differ from the other class or classes
                                    of such series as to the timing and priority
                                    of payments, seniority, allocations of
                                    losses, Interest Rate or amount of payments
                                    of principal or interest. Payments of
                                    principal or interest in respect of any such
                                    class or classes may or may not be made upon
                                    the occurrence of specified events or on the
                                    basis of collections from designated
                                    portions of the Pool of Contracts.

                                    In addition, a series may include one or
                                    more classes of Notes ("STRIP NOTES")
                                    entitled to (i) principal payments with
                                    disproportionate, nominal or no interest
                                    payments or (ii) interest payments with
                                    disproportionate, nominal or no principal
                                    payments.

Redemption of the Notes. . . . . .  If the Seller exercises its option to
                                    repurchase the Contracts of a Trust in the
                                    event the Pool Balance has declined to less
                                    than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance in the
                                    manner and on the respective terms and
                                    conditions described under "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
                                    POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS --
                                    TERMINATION", one or more classes of the
                                    outstanding Notes will be redeemed as set
                                    forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                    In addition, if the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement provides that the property of a
                                    Trust will include monies in a Pre-Funding
                                    Account or Collateral Reinvestment Account
                                    that will be used to purchase additional
                                    Contracts (see "RISK FACTORS -- SALES OF
                                    SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS AND EFFECT ON POOL
                                    CHARACTERISTICS" herein) after the Closing
                                    Date specified in such related Prospectus
                                    Supplement (the "CLOSING DATE"), one or more
                                    classes of the outstanding Notes will be
                                    subject to partial redemption at or
                                    immediately following the end of the Funding
                                    Period or Revolving Period (each as defined
                                    herein and in such Prospectus Supplement),
                                    as applicable, in an amount and in the
                                    manner specified in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement. In the event of such partial
                                    redemption, the Noteholders may be entitled
                                    to receive a prepayment premium from the
                                    Trust, in the amount and to the extent
                                    provided in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement.

The Certificates. . . . . . . . . . The Certificates will be available for
                                    purchase in a minimum denomination of $1,000
                                    and integral multiples thereof and will be
                                    available in book-entry form only.
                                    Certificateholders will be able to receive
                                    Definitive Certificates (as defined herein)
                                    only in the limited circumstances described
                                    herein or in such Prospectus
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    Supplement. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
                                    THE SECURITIES -- DEFINITIVE SECURITIES".

                                    Each class of Certificates will have a
                                    stated Certificate Balance specified in such
                                    Prospectus Supplement (the "CERTIFICATE
                                    BALANCE") and will accrue interest on such
                                    Certificate Balance at a specified rate
                                    (with respect to each class of Certificates,
                                    the "PASS-THROUGH RATE"). Each class of
                                    Certificates may have a different Pass-
                                    Through Rate, which may be a fixed, variable
                                    or adjustable Pass-Through Rate, or any
                                    combination of the foregoing. The related
                                    Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-
                                    Through Rate for each class of Certificates
                                    or the method for determining such Pass-
                                    Through Rate.

                                    With respect to a series that includes two
                                    or more classes of Certificates, each such
                                    class may differ from the other class or
                                    classes of such series as to the timing and
                                    priority of distributions, seniority,
                                    allocations of losses, Pass-Through Rate or
                                    amount of distributions in respect of
                                    principal or interest, or distributions in
                                    respect of principal or interest in respect
                                    of any such class or classes may or may not
                                    be made upon the occurrence of specified
                                    events or on the basis of collections from
                                    designated portions of the pool of
                                    Contracts.

                                    In addition, a series may include one or
                                    more classes of Certificates ("STRIP
                                    CERTIFICATES") entitled to (i) distributions
                                    in respect of principal with
                                    disproportionate, nominal or no interest
                                    distributions or (ii) interest distributions
                                    with disproportionate, nominal or no
                                    distributions in respect of principal.

                                    If a series of Securities includes classes
                                    of Notes, distributions on the Certificates
                                    of such series may be subordinated in
                                    priority of payment to payments on such
                                    Notes to the extent specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement.

Prepayment of the Certificates. . . If the Seller exercises its option to
                                    repurchase the Contracts of a Trust in the
                                    event the Pool Balance has declined to less
                                    than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance in the
                                    manner and on the respective terms and
                                    conditions described under "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
                                    POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS --
                                    TERMINATION", Certificateholders will
                                    receive as a prepayment in respect of the
                                    Certificates as specified in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement. In addition, if the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement provides that the
                                    property of a Trust will include monies in a
                                    Pre-Funding Account or Collateral
                                    Reinvestment Account that will be used to
                                    purchase additional Contracts after the
                                    Closing Date, one or more classes of the
                                    outstanding Certificates may receive a
                                    partial prepayment of principal at or
                                    immediately following the end of the Funding
                                    Period or Revolving Period, as applicable,
                                    in an amount and in the manner specified in
                                    such Prospectus Supplement. In the event of
                                    such partial prepayment, the
                                    Certificateholders may be entitled to
                                    receive a prepayment premium from the Trust,
                                    in the amount and to the extent provided in
                                    the related Prospectus Supplement.

Cross-Collateralization. . . . . .  As described in the related Trust Agreement
                                    or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
                                    applicable, and the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement, the source of payment for
                                    Securities of each series will be the
                                    related Trust Property only.
</TABLE>
                                       6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    However, as may be described in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, a series or class of
                                    Securities may include the right to receive
                                    monies from a common pool of credit
                                    enhancement which may be available for more
                                    than one series of Securities, such as a
                                    master reserve fund, master insurance policy
                                    or a master collateral pool consisting of
                                    similar Contracts. Notwithstanding the
                                    foregoing, and as described in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, no payment received
                                    on any Contract held by any Trust may be
                                    applied to the payment of Securities issued
                                    by any other Trust (except to the limited
                                    extent that certain collections in excess of
                                    the amounts needed to pay the related
                                    Securities may be deposited in a common
                                    master reserve fund or an
                                    overcollateralization account that provides
                                    credit enhancement for more than one series
                                    of Securities issued pursuant to the related
                                    Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
                                    Agreement, as applicable).

The Trust Property. . . . . . . . . The property of each Trust will include a
                                    pool of fixed-rate, simple interest
                                    motorcycle conditional sales contracts (the
                                    "CONTRACTS") relating to new or used Harley-
                                    Davidson motorcycles or, in certain limited
                                    instances and subject to certain other
                                    limitations described herein, (i)
                                    motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of
                                    Harley-Davidson, Buell Motorcycle Company
                                    ("BUELL") and (ii) motorcycles manufactured
                                    by certain other manufacturers ("OTHER
                                    MANUFACTURERS") (see "OTHER MANUFACTURERS"
                                    herein) as well as certain monies due or
                                    received thereunder on and after the
                                    applicable Cutoff Date set forth in the
                                    related Prospectus Supplement, security
                                    interests in the Motorcycles financed
                                    thereby (collectively, the "MOTORCYCLES"),
                                    all of the Trust Depositor's right, title
                                    and interest in and to the Transfer and Sale
                                    Agreement (as defined herein) pursuant to
                                    which the Trust Depositor will purchase
                                    Contracts from the Seller, any proceeds from
                                    claims under certain insurance policies
                                    related to the Motorcycles, and all other
                                    proceeds of any of the foregoing. The
                                    property of each Trust will also include
                                    amounts on deposit in certain trust
                                    accounts, including the related Collection
                                    Account, any Pre-Funding Account, any
                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account, any Reserve
                                    Fund (as defined herein) and any other
                                    account identified in the applicable
                                    Prospectus Supplement and such other
                                    property as is specified in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement, including notes or other
                                    securities evidencing or backed by
                                    Contracts. On the Closing Date specified in
                                    the related Prospectus Supplement with
                                    respect to a Trust, the Trust Depositor
                                    will, if so specified in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement, sell or transfer Contracts (the
                                    "INITIAL CONTRACTS") having an aggregate
                                    principal balance specified in such
                                    Prospectus Supplement as of the date
                                    specified therein (the "INITIAL CUTOFF
                                    DATE") to such Trust pursuant to either, in
                                    the case of Owner Trusts, a Sale and
                                    Servicing Agreement among the Trust
                                    Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture
                                    Trustee and the Owner Trust (a "SALE AND
                                    SERVICING AGREEMENT") or, in the case of
                                    Grantor Trusts, the related Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement among the Trust
                                    Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee.

                                    To the extent provided in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, from time to time (as
                                    frequently as daily) during the period (the
                                    "FUNDING PERIOD") specified in such
                                    Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Depositor
                                    will be obligated (subject only to the
                                    availability thereof) to sell, and the
                                    related Trust will be obligated to purchase
                                    (subject to the satisfaction of certain
                                    conditions described in the applicable Sale
                                    and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement), additional Contracts
                                    (the "SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS") having an
                                    aggregate principal balance approximately
                                    equal to the amount on deposit (the "PRE-
                                    FUNDED AMOUNT") in an account (the "PRE-
</TABLE>
                                       7
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    FUNDING ACCOUNT") on the related Closing
                                    Date. In no event will the Pre-Funded Amount
                                    exceed 40% of the initial aggregate
                                    principal amount of the Notes and/or
                                    Certificates of the related series of
                                    Securities.

                                    In addition, if so provided in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, in lieu of a Funding
                                    Period, during the period (the "REVOLVING
                                    PERIOD") from the Closing Date until the
                                    first to occur of (i) such event or events
                                    as are described in such Prospectus
                                    Supplement (each, an "EARLY AMORTIZATION
                                    EVENT") or (ii) the last day of the Due
                                    Period (as defined herein) preceding a
                                    Distribution Date specified in such
                                    Prospectus Supplement, an account will be
                                    maintained in the name of the related
                                    Trustee or Indenture Trustee (the
                                    "COLLATERAL REINVESTMENT ACCOUNT"). The
                                    amount on deposit in the Collateral
                                    Reinvestment Account on the Closing Date
                                    may, if so specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, include an amount to
                                    be deposited out of the net proceeds of the
                                    sale of the related Securities. During the
                                    Revolving Period, principal will not be
                                    distributed on the Securities of the related
                                    series. Instead, principal collections,
                                    together with (if and to the extent
                                    described in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement) interest collections on the
                                    Contracts that are in excess of amounts
                                    required to be distributed therefrom, will
                                    be deposited from time to time in the
                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account and will be
                                    used to purchase Subsequent Contracts.

                                    As used in this Prospectus, the term
                                    "CONTRACTS" will include the Initial
                                    Contracts transferred to a Trust on the
                                    Closing Date as well as any Subsequent
                                    Contracts transferred to such Trust during
                                    the related Funding Period or Revolving
                                    Period, if any.

                                    Amounts on deposit in any Pre-Funding
                                    Account during the related Funding Period or
                                    in any Collateral Reinvestment Account
                                    during the related Revolving Period will be
                                    invested by the Applicable Trustee (as
                                    directed by the Servicer) in Eligible
                                    Investments (as defined herein), and any
                                    resultant investment income, less any
                                    related investment expenses ("INVESTMENT
                                    INCOME"), will be added, on the Distribution
                                    Date (as defined herein) immediately
                                    following the date on which such Investment
                                    Income is paid to the Trust, to interest
                                    collections on the Contracts for the related
                                    Due Period (as defined herein), or will
                                    otherwise be deposited or applied as
                                    specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement and will be thereafter
                                    distributed in the manner specified in the
                                    related Prospectus Supplement. Any funds
                                    remaining in a Pre-Funding Account at the
                                    end of the related Funding Period or in a
                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account at the end
                                    of the related Revolving Period will be
                                    distributed as a prepayment or early
                                    distribution of principal to holders of one
                                    or more classes of the Notes and/or
                                    Certificates of the related series of
                                    Securities, in the amounts and in accordance
                                    with the payment priorities specified in the
                                    related Prospectus Supplement. No Funding
                                    Period will end more than ninety (90) days
                                    after the related Closing Date. See "RISK
                                    FACTORS -- PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS", "-- SALES
                                    OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS" AND "DESCRIPTION OF
                                    THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
                                    POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS --
                                    ACCOUNTS".

                                    The Seller will acquire the Contracts from a
                                    network of Harley-Davidson dealers located
                                    throughout the United States (the
                                    "DEALERS"). The Contracts for any given pool
                                    of Contracts comprising a Trust will be sold
                                    by the Seller to a Trust Depositor pursuant
                                    to a related Transfer and Sale Agreement
                                    (the "TRANSFER AND SALE
</TABLE>
                                       8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    AGREEMENT"), which Trust Depositor will in turn
                                    convey the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the
                                    related Sale and Servicing Agreement or
                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
                                    applicable. Such Contracts will be selected
                                    from the contracts owned by the Seller based
                                    on the criteria specified in the related
                                    Transfer and Sale Agreement, Sale and
                                    Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
                                    Agreement, as applicable, and described
                                    herein and in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement.

Credit and Cash Flow
Enhancement. . . . . . . . . . . .  To the extent specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement
                                    with respect to a Trust or any class or
                                    classes of Securities may include any one or
                                    more of the following: subordination of one
                                    or more other classes of Securities, Reserve
                                    Funds (as defined herein), spread accounts,
                                    overcollateralization, insurance policies,
                                    letters of credit, credit or liquidity
                                    facilities, cash collateral accounts, surety
                                    bonds, guaranteed investment contracts,
                                    swaps or other interest rate protection
                                    agreements, repurchase obligations, yield
                                    supplement agreements, other agreements with
                                    respect to third party payments or other
                                    support, cash deposits or other
                                    arrangements. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE
                                    AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- CREDIT AND CASH
                                    FLOW ENHANCEMENT" herein. To the extent
                                    specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement, any particular form of credit
                                    enhancement may be subject to certain
                                    limitations and exclusions from coverage
                                    thereunder.

Reserve Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . If and to the extent specified in the
                                    related Prospectus Supplement, a Reserve
                                    Fund will be created for a Trust with an
                                    initial deposit by the Trust Depositor of
                                    cash or certain investments or other
                                    property (including Contracts) having a
                                    value equal to the amount specified in such
                                    Prospectus Supplement. To the extent
                                    specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement, funds in the Reserve Fund will
                                    thereafter be supplemented by the deposit of
                                    amounts remaining on any Distribution Date
                                    after making all other distributions
                                    required on such date and any amounts
                                    deposited from time to time in connection
                                    with a purchase of Subsequent Contracts.
                                    Amounts in the Reserve Fund, if any, will be
                                    available to cover shortfalls in amounts due
                                    to the holders of those classes of
                                    Securities specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement in the manner and
                                    under the circumstances specified therein.
                                    The related Prospectus Supplement will also
                                    specify to whom and the manner and
                                    circumstances under which amounts on deposit
                                    in the Reserve Fund (after giving effect to
                                    all other required distributions to be made
                                    by the applicable Trust) in excess of the
                                    amounts required to be held therein as of
                                    the date of determination (as set forth in
                                    such Prospectus Supplement) will be
                                    distributed.

Sale and Servicing Agreements
and Pooling and Servicing
Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . With respect to each Trust, the Trust
                                    Depositor will sell the related Contracts
                                    and such other Trust Property as is
                                    specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement to such Trust pursuant to a Sale
                                    and Servicing Agreement or a Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement, as applicable. The
                                    rights and benefits of an Owner Trust under
                                    any Sale and Servicing Agreement will, if
                                    such Owner Trust issues Notes, be assigned
                                    to the related Indenture Trustee as
                                    collateral for such Notes pursuant to the
                                    related Indenture. The Servicer will agree
                                    with each Trust to be responsible for
                                    servicing, managing, maintaining custody of
                                    and making collections on the Contracts. The
                                    Company will undertake certain
                                    administrative duties under an Administration
</TABLE>
                                       9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    Agreement (as defined herein) with respect to
                                    each Owner Trust that is formed pursuant to a
                                    Trust Agreement.

                                    To the extent specified in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will be
                                    obligated to advance each month an amount
                                    equal to accrued and unpaid interest on the
                                    Contracts which was delinquent with respect
                                    to the related Due Period (as defined
                                    herein) but only to the extent that the
                                    Servicer believes that the amount of such
                                    advance will be recoverable from collections
                                    on the Contracts (an "ADVANCE"). The
                                    Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement
                                    of Advances from subsequent payments on or
                                    with respect to the Contracts or from other
                                    sources to the extent described in the
                                    related Prospectus Supplement. The Servicer
                                    will disclose the aggregate amount of
                                    Advances and the amount of related
                                    delinquencies on Contracts as part of the
                                    monthly statement provided to
                                    Securityholders and described in "CERTAIN
                                    INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES --
                                    REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS" herein. The
                                    making of Advances indicates that while
                                    interest payable on a portion of the
                                    Contracts in the overall pool of Contracts
                                    held by the Trust may be delinquent, the
                                    Servicer believes that it will ultimately be
                                    reimbursed for such Advances from
                                    collections on the pool of Contracts as a
                                    whole.

                                    Unless otherwise provided in the related
                                    Prospectus Supplement, under the respective
                                    Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement, the Trust Depositor has
                                    agreed, in the event of a breach of certain
                                    representations and warranties related to
                                    the Contracts made by the Trust Depositor
                                    and contained therein, to repurchase such
                                    Contract within a certain number of days as
                                    specified in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement, unless such breach is cured.
                                    Eaglemark, as Seller under the related
                                    Transfer and Sale Agreement(rights in
                                    respect of which will be assigned to a
                                    Trust) is obligated to repurchase the
                                    Contracts from the Trust Depositor
                                    contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's
                                    purchase of such Contracts from the Trust.
                                    See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
                                    SECURITIES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" and
                                    "DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SALE
                                    AGREEMENTS."

Security Interests in the
Motorcycles; Consumer Protection
Laws; Repurchase
Obligations. . . . . . . . . . . .  In connection with the sale of the
                                    Contracts, security interests in the
                                    Motorcycles securing the Contracts will be
                                    assigned by the Seller to a Trust Depositor
                                    pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement,
                                    which Trust Depositor will, in turn, assign
                                    such security interests to the Trust
                                    pursuant to either a Sale and Servicing
                                    Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing
                                    Agreement. In the case of an Owner Trust,
                                    such security interests in turn will be
                                    pledged and assigned to the related
                                    Indenture Trustee as security for any Notes
                                    issued by such Trust. The certificates of
                                    title to the Motorcycles, however, will not
                                    be amended or reissued to reflect the sale
                                    of the Contracts and assignment of security
                                    interests to either the Trust Depositor or
                                    the Trust or the pledge pursuant to any
                                    Indenture, due to the administrative burden
                                    and expense inherent in physically revising
                                    notations of security interests on
                                    certificates of title for the numerous
                                    individual Contract obligors in each
                                    applicable state where Contracts were
                                    originated (and paying associated fees in
                                    such states). In the absence of such
                                    amendments, either the related Trust, the
                                    Applicable Trustee or both will not have a
                                    perfected security interest in the
                                    Motorcycles securing the Contracts in some
                                    states. The Seller will be obligated to
                                    repurchase any Contracts sold to the 
</TABLE>
                                       10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    related Trust Depositor (and subsequently sold by
                                    such Trust Depositor to such Trust) as to
                                    which there did not exist on the Closing
                                    Date a first priority perfected security
                                    interest in the name of the Company in the
                                    related Motorcycle, if such failure
                                    materially and adversely affects the
                                    interest of the Trust Depositor or such
                                    Trust in such Contract and if such failure
                                    is not cured in a timely manner.

                                    To the extent their respective security
                                    interests in a Motorcycle are perfected, the
                                    related Trust and the Applicable Trustee
                                    will have a prior claim over subsequent
                                    purchasers of such Motorcycle and holders of
                                    subsequently perfected security interests
                                    therein. However, as against liens for
                                    repairs or storage of a Motorcycle or for
                                    taxes unpaid by the related obligor with
                                    respect to the Contract (the "OBLIGOR"), or
                                    through fraud or negligence, the related
                                    Trust or the Applicable Trustee could lose
                                    its security interest or the priority of its
                                    security interest in a Motorcycle. The
                                    Seller will not have any obligation to
                                    repurchase a Contract with respect to which
                                    the related Trust or the Applicable Trustee
                                    loses its security interest or the priority
                                    of its security interest in the related
                                    Motorcycle after the Closing Date due to any
                                    such lien for repairs, storage or taxes or
                                    the negligence or fraud of a third party.

                                    Federal and state consumer protection laws
                                    impose requirements upon creditors in
                                    connection with extensions of credit and
                                    collections of retail installment loans, and
                                    certain of these laws make an assignee of
                                    such a loan liable to the obligor thereon
                                    for any violation by the lender. The Trust
                                    Depositor will be obligated to repurchase
                                    from the applicable Trust any Contract that
                                    fails to comply with such requirements and
                                    contemporaneously therewith the Seller,
                                    pursuant to the related Transfer and Sale
                                    Agreement, will be obligated to repurchase
                                    such Contract from the Trust Depositor.

Tax Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . The federal income tax consequences
                                    applicable to a Trust and to the Notes and
                                    Certificates issued by the Trust will depend
                                    upon whether the Trust is an Owner Trust,
                                    Grantor Trust or, under 1996 legislation
                                    effective on September 1, 1997, a FASIT (as
                                    each of those terms is described herein) as
                                    specified in the Prospectus Supplement
                                    applicable to such Trust. See "FEDERAL
                                    INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES" herein for a fuller
                                    discussion of the following summary of
                                    federal income tax treatment.

                                    For a Trust which is an Owner Trust, Federal
                                    Tax Counsel (as defined herein) will deliver
                                    its opinion that, for federal income tax
                                    purposes, any Notes issued by such Trust
                                    will be characterized as debt, and the Trust
                                    will not be characterized as an association
                                    (or a publicly traded partnership) taxable
                                    as a corporation. Each holder of a Note (a
                                    "NOTEHOLDER"), by the acceptance of a Note,
                                    will agree to treat the Notes as
                                    indebtedness, and each holder of a
                                    Certificate (a "CERTIFICATEHOLDER") issued
                                    by such Trust, by the acceptance of a
                                    Certificate, will agree to treat the Trust
                                    as a partnership in which the
                                    Certificateholders are partners for federal
                                    income tax purposes.

                                    For a Trust which is a Grantor Trust,
                                    Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion
                                    that the Trust will be classified as a
                                    grantor trust for federal income tax
                                    purposes and not as an association taxable
                                    as a corporation. Each Certificateholder
                                    will be treated as the owner of an undivided
                                    interest in the assets of the Trust,
                                    including the Contracts. Accordingly, each
                                    Certificateholder must report on its federal
                                    income tax 
</TABLE>
                                       11
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
                                    return its share of income from the Contracts
                                    and, subject to limitations on deductions by
                                    individuals, estates and trusts, may deduct
                                    its share of the reasonable fees paid by the
                                    Trust, as if such Certificateholder held its
                                    share of the assets of the Trust directly. 
                                    Furthermore, the Certificates may represent
                                    interests in "STRIPPED BONDS" and "STRIPPED COUPONS"
                                    within the meaning of Section 1286 of the
                                    Code (as defined herein).

                                    For a Trust which properly elects to be a
                                    FASIT, Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its
                                    opinion that the Trust will be treated as a
                                    FASIT and the Securities issued by the FASIT
                                    will be characterized as debt for federal
                                    income tax purposes.

ERISA Considerations. . . . . . . . Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans and
                                    certain retirement arrangements that are
                                    subject to the Employee Retirement Income
                                    Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
                                    or Section 4975 of the Code, should
                                    carefully review with their legal advisors
                                    whether the purchase or holding of the
                                    Securities may give rise to a transaction
                                    that is prohibited or is not otherwise
                                    permissible either under ERISA or Section
                                    4975 of the Code. See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"
                                    herein and in the related Prospectus
                                    Supplement.

Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                    Securities to be offered hereunder that they
                                    be rated in one of the four highest rating
                                    categories by at least one nationally
                                    recognized statistical rating organization
                                    (a "RATING AGENCY"). A rating is not a
                                    recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
                                    Securities inasmuch as such rating does not
                                    comment as to market price or suitability
                                    for a particular investor. Ratings of
                                    Securities will address the likelihood of
                                    the payment of principal and interest
                                    thereon pursuant to their terms. The ratings
                                    of Securities will not address the
                                    likelihood of an early return of invested
                                    principal. There can be no assurance that a
                                    rating will remain for a given period of
                                    time or that a rating will not be lowered or
                                    withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in
                                    its judgment circumstances in the future so
                                    warrant. For more detailed information
                                    regarding the ratings assigned to any class
                                    of a particular series of Securities, see
                                    "SUMMARY OF TERMS -- RATINGS" herein and
                                    "RISK FACTORS - RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES"
                                    in the related Prospectus Supplement.
</TABLE>
                                       12

<PAGE>

                                     RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus and in 
the related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection 
with the offering of any series of Securities, prospective investors should 
carefully consider the following risk factors before investing in any class 
or classes of Securities of any such series.  This Prospectus also contains 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Actual 
results could differ materially from those anticipated in these 
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the 
risks described below.

     REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS AND COLLATERAL 
REINVESTMENT ACCOUNTS.  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
on the Closing Date the Pre-Funded Amount specified in such Prospectus 
Supplement will be deposited into the Pre-Funding Account. In addition, if so 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the Closing Date specified 
amounts will be deposited into the Collateral Reinvestment Account.  During 
the Revolving Period, principal will not be distributed on the Securities of 
the related series, and principal collections, together with (if and to the 
extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement) interest collections 
on the Contracts that are in excess of amounts required to be distributed 
therefrom, will be deposited from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account.  The Pre-Funded Amount and the amounts on deposit in the Collateral 
Reinvestment Account will be used to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the 
Trust Depositor (which, concurrently will acquire such Subsequent Contracts 
from the Company) from time to time during the related Funding Period or 
Revolving Period, as applicable.  If the principal amount of the eligible 
Subsequent Contracts acquired by the Company from Dealers during a Funding 
Period or Revolving Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount or the amount 
on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment Account, as the case may be, the 
Company may have insufficient Subsequent Contracts to transfer to the Trust 
Depositor.  To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded Amount or the entire 
amount on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment Account has not been applied 
to the purchase of Subsequent Contracts by the end of the related Funding 
Period or Revolving Period, any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account 
or the Collateral Reinvestment Account will be distributed as a prepayment of 
principal to Noteholders, if applicable, and Certificateholders 
(collectively, the "SECURITYHOLDERS") on the Distribution Date at or 
immediately following the end of such Funding Period or Revolving Period, in 
the amounts and pursuant to the priorities set forth in the related 
Prospectus Supplement (the "MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION").  To the extent a 
Securityholder receives such a prepayment of principal, there may not then 
exist a comparably favorable reinvestment opportunity for such 
Securityholder.  The Securityholders will bear all reinvestment risk 
resulting from such prepayments. See also "-- PREPAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS AFFECT 
YIELD ON SECURITIES" below.  

     SALES OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS AND EFFECT ON POOL CHARACTERISTICS.  Any 
conveyance of Subsequent Contracts to a Trust is subject to the satisfaction, 
on or before the related transfer date (each, a "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER DATE"), 
of the following conditions precedent, among others: (i) each such Subsequent 
Contract must satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the related 
Transfer and Sale Agreement, Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, as applicable; (ii) the Company and Trust Depositor 
shall not have selected such Subsequent Contracts in a manner that is adverse 
to the interests of holders of the related Securities; (iii) as of the 
respective Cutoff Dates (as such term is defined in the related Prospectus 
Supplement) for such Subsequent Contracts, all of the Contracts in the Trust, 
including the Subsequent Contracts to be conveyed to the Trust as of such 
date, must satisfy the parameters described under "THE CONTRACTS" herein and 
"THE CONTRACTS" in such Prospectus Supplement; and (iv) the Trust Depositor 
must execute and deliver to such Trust a written assignment conveying such 
Subsequent Contracts to such Trust.  Except as described herein and in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, there will be no other required 
characteristics of Subsequent Contracts.  It is not anticipated, however, 
that the characteristics of the pool of Contracts as a whole will vary 
significantly following the addition of Subsequent Contracts.

     RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES.  Each 
Contract is secured by a security interest in a Motorcycle.  As part of the 
sale and assignment of Contracts to a Trust, security interests in the 
related Contracts will be assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and 
by the Trust Depositor to such Trust.  In most states, such an assignment is 
an effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment of any such 
security interest noted on a Motorcycle's certificate of title, and the 
assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights as 

                                       13
<PAGE>

secured party.  However, in order to perfect such security interest, certain 
states require the notation of a secured party's security interest on the 
vehicle's certificate of title as filed with the applicable state motor 
vehicle registrar or similar state authority.  Due to administrative burden 
and expense, the certificates of title to the Motorcycles will not be amended 
to reflect the conveyance and assignment of Eaglemark's interest therein to 
the Trust Depositor, the conveyance and assignment of the Trust Depositor's 
interest therein to the Trust and the pledge of the Trust's interest therein 
to the Indenture Trustee, as applicable.  In the absence of such an 
amendment, the Applicable Trustee, in certain cases, will not have a 
perfected security interest in the Motorcycles.  By not specifying the 
related Trust as a secured party on the certificate of title, the security 
interest of the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or both could be defeated 
through  fraud or negligence of the Seller or as a result of the imposition 
of a lien for repairs or storage of a Motorcycle or for taxes unpaid by the 
Obligor under the related Contract.

     Pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, Eaglemark will make certain 
representations and warranties relating to the validity, subsistence, 
perfection and priority of the security interest in each Motorcycle securing 
a Contract.  A breach of any such representation and warranty that materially 
and adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract would create an 
obligation of the Trust Depositor in the Sale and Servicing Agreement to 
repurchase such Contract from the Trust and a simultaneous obligation of 
Eaglemark to repurchase such Contract from the Trust Depositor (which right 
of the Trust Depositor against Eaglemark is assigned to the Trust) unless 
such breach is cured.  In the event that the Trust must rely on repossession 
and resale of Motorcycles securing Contracts that are in default to recover 
principal and interest due thereon, certain other factors may limit the 
ability of the Trust to realize upon the Motorcycle or may limit the amount 
realized to less than the amount due.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS" below.

     To the extent that the Trust's and the Applicable Trustee's security 
interest in a Motorcycle is perfected, the Trust and the Applicable Trustee 
will have a prior claim under applicable state laws over subsequent 
purchasers of such Motorcycle and holders of subsequently perfected security 
interests therein.  However, as against liens for repairs or storage of a 
Motorcycle or taxes unpaid by the Obligor on the Contract secured thereby, 
the Trust and the Applicable Trustee could lose their respective security 
interests or the priority of such security interests in a Motorcycle.  In 
addition, even if the Seller, the Trust or the Applicable Trustee were to be 
identified as the secured party on the certificate of title of a Motorcycle, 
such secured party's security interest could be defeated by the fraud or 
forgery of the vehicle owner or by administrative errors by applicable state 
or local agencies responsible for titling vehicles.  The Company will not 
have any obligation to repurchase a Contract with respect to which the Trust 
or the Applicable Trustee loses its security interest in the related 
Motorcycle after the Closing Date due to any such lien for repairs, storage 
or taxes or due to the negligence or fraud of a third party.

     ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE 
ON ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN THE MOTORCYCLES - BANKRUPTCY LAWS.  Under the 
United States Bankruptcy Code, a court in a bankruptcy case with respect to 
an Obligor on a Contract may prevent the Applicable Trustee from repossessing 
a Motorcycle and may reduce the amount of secured indebtedness or change the 
amount or timing of monthly payments or the interest rate applicable to a 
Contract.

     ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE 
ON ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN THE MOTORCYCLES - CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS.    
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements on 
lenders and/or servicers with respect to conditional financing arrangements 
such as the Contracts, including requirements regarding the adequate 
disclosure of loan terms (including finance charges and deemed finance 
charges) and limitations on loan terms (including the permitted finance 
charge or deemed finance charge), collection practices and creditor remedies. 
Failure by Dealers or Eaglemark to comply with such requirements could have 
the effect of subjecting an assignee of the Contracts to the related claims 
and defenses of the Obligor on such Contract.  This risk would apply to a 
Trust as assignee, and with respect to an Owner Trust, the Indenture Trustee 
as pledgee, of the Contracts.  See also "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE 
CONTRACTS -- CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" below.

     Generally, under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief 
Act of 1940, as amended (the "Relief Act"), or similar state legislation, an 
Obligor who enters military service after the origination of the related 
Contract (including an Obligor who is a member of the National Guard or is in 
reserve status at the time of the origination of 

                                       14
<PAGE>

the Contract and is later called to active duty) may not be charged interest 
(including fees and charges) above an annual rate of 6% during the period of 
such Obligor's active duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon 
application of the lender.  It is possible that such action could have an 
effect, for an indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the Servicer 
to collect full amounts of interest on certain of the Contracts.  In 
addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations that would impair the ability of 
the Servicer to foreclose on an affected Contract during the Obligor's period 
of active duty status.  Thus, in the event that such a Contract goes into 
default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability of the 
Servicer to realize upon the Motorcycle in a timely fashion.

     The Seller will warrant under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement 
that each Contract complies with all requirements of law in all material 
respects. Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against the related Trust 
for violation of any law and such claim materially and adversely affects such 
Trust's interest in a Contract, such violation would constitute a breach of 
the warranties of the Seller under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement 
and would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Contract from 
the Trust, through the Trust Depositor (with the Trust as assignee of the 
Trust Depositor's rights against the Seller in this regard), unless the 
breach were cured.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND 
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS".

     COMPANY BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS.  Winston & Strawn, counsel to the 
Company and the Trust Depositor, will render an opinion to the Applicable 
Trustee that in the event the Company  became a debtor under the United 
States Bankruptcy Code, the transfer of the Contracts from the Company to the 
Trust Depositor in accordance with the Transfer and Sale Agreement (and any 
related purchase agreement in connection with transfers of Subsequent 
Contracts; hereinafter, a "SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT") would be treated 
as a sale and not as a pledge to secure borrowings and that the Trust 
Depositor would not be consolidated with the Company as a single entity.  If, 
however, the transfer of the Contracts from the Company to the Trust 
Depositor were treated as a pledge to secure borrowings by the Company or if 
the Trust Depositor were ordered consolidated with the Company as a single 
entity or were to become bankrupt for any reason, the distribution of 
proceeds of the Contracts to the Trust might be subject to the automatic stay 
provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which would delay the 
distribution of such proceeds for an uncertain period of time.  In addition, 
a bankruptcy trustee would have the power to sell the Contracts if the 
proceeds of such sale could satisfy the amount of the debt deemed owed by the 
Company, or the bankruptcy trustee could substitute other collateral in lieu 
of the Contracts to secure such debt, or such debt could be subject to 
adjustment by the bankruptcy court if the Company were to file for 
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.  A case 
decided by the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit contains 
language to the effect that accounts sold by a debtor under Article 9 of the 
Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") would remain property of the debtor's 
bankruptcy estate.  Although the Contracts constitute chattel paper under the 
UCC rather than accounts, sales of chattel paper are similarly governed by 
Article 9 of the UCC.  If, following a bankruptcy of the Company, a court 
were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit and apply such reasoning to 
chattel paper, then similar reductions or delays in payments of collections 
on or in respect of the Contracts could occur.  Additionally, because the 
Company has purchased Contracts from Dealers located in the Tenth Circuit 
which could become debtors in a bankruptcy proceeding, the rationale of such 
case could be applicable to such Dealers' sales of Contracts to the Company 
and the corresponding negative implications for timing of receipt of payments 
with respect to such Contracts may occur.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE NATURE OF SECURITIES - NO RECOURSE TO 
THE COMPANY, TRUST DEPOSITORS OR THEIR AFFILIATES.  None of the Company, any 
Trust Depositor or any of their affiliates is generally obligated to make any 
payments in respect of any Notes, the Certificates or the Contracts of a 
given Trust.  However, in connection with the sale of Contracts by the Trust 
Depositor to a given Trust, the Trust Depositor will make representations and 
warranties with respect to the characteristics of such Contracts and, in 
certain circumstances, the Trust Depositor may be required to repurchase 
Contracts with respect to which such representations and warranties have been 
breached.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING 
AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS".  The Company, 
as Seller, will correspondingly be obligated to the Trust Depositor under the 
Transfer and Sale Agreement (which rights of the Trust Depositor against the 
Company will be assigned to the Trust) to repurchase the Contracts from the 
Trust Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust Depositor's purchase of the 
Contract from a Trust.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT". 

                                       15
<PAGE>

Moreover, if the Company were to cease acting as Servicer, delays in 
processing payments on the Contracts and information in respect thereof could 
occur and result in delays in payments to the Securityholders.  The related 
Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional information regarding 
the Company and any Trust Depositor.

     RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE NATURE OF SECURITIES - TRUSTS HAVE NO 
SIGNIFICANT ASSETS OR SOURCES OF FUNDS OTHER THAN THE CONTRACTS.  None of the 
Trusts will have, nor will any Trust be permitted or expected to have, any 
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Contracts and, to the 
extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, 
a Collateral Reinvestment Account, a Reserve Fund and any other credit 
enhancement or Trust Property.  The Notes of any series will represent 
obligations solely of, and the Certificates of any series will represent 
interests solely in, the related Trust, and neither the Notes nor the 
Certificates of any series will be insured or guaranteed by the Trust 
Depositor, the Servicer, the Applicable Trustee, or any other person or 
entity (except as may be described in a Prospectus Supplement).  
Consequently, holders of the Securities of any series must rely for repayment 
upon payments on the related Contracts and, if and to the extent available, 
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (if any), the Collateral 
Reinvestment Account (if any), the Reserve Fund (if any) and any other credit 
enhancement, all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Any such 
credit enhancement will not cover all contingencies, and losses in excess of 
amounts available pursuant to such credit enhancement will be borne directly 
by the Securityholders.

     SUBORDINATION OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF SECURITIES. To the extent specified 
in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of interest and principal 
on one or more classes of Notes, if any, or Certificates of a series may be 
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal due on certain 
of the Notes, if any, of such series or one or more classes of Certificates 
of such series.  As a result of such subordination, in the event that losses 
with respect to the Contracts and associated reductions in collections 
require application of available collections and credit enhancement to a 
class of Securities with priority of payment over another class, there may 
not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on the subordinated 
Securities.

     PREPAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS AFFECT YIELD OF SECURITIES.  By their terms, 
the Contracts may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time and each 
Contract contains a provision which permits the Trust Depositor to require 
full prepayment in the event of a sale of the Motorcycle securing a Contract. 
 In addition, repurchases of the Contracts by the Seller through the Trust 
Depositor could occur in the event of a breach of a representation and 
warranty with respect to the Contracts and upon exercise of the Trust 
Depositor's option to repurchase Contracts when the aggregate outstanding 
principal balances of the Contracts owned by the Trust (the "POOL BALANCE") 
has decreased to a certain level.  Any prepayments and repurchases of 
Contracts will reduce the average life of the Contracts and the interest 
received by the Noteholders or Certificateholders over the life of the Notes 
or Certificates (for this purpose the term "PREPAYMENT" includes liquidations 
due to default, as well as receipt of proceeds from credit life, credit 
disability and casualty insurance policies).   In addition, with respect to 
an Owner Trust the occurrence of a Mandatory Special Redemption at or before 
the end of the Funding Period would have the effect of reducing the interest 
received by Noteholders over the life of the Notes. 
  
     In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to 
the amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the 
Certificates of a given series on each Distribution Date since such amount 
will depend, in part, on the amount of principal collected on the related 
pool of Contracts during the applicable Due Period.  Any reinvestment risks 
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Contracts, or 
repurchases of Contracts, as described above, will be borne entirely by the 
Securityholders of a given series.  The related Prospectus Supplement may set 
forth certain additional information with respect to the maturity and 
prepayment considerations applicable to the particular pool of Contracts and 
the related series of Securities.  See "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE 
SECURITIES."

     SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE 
CONTRACTS OR GENERATION OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS.  Economic conditions in 
states or U.S. Territories where Obligors reside may affect the delinquency, 
loan loss and repossession experience of a Trust with respect to the related 
Contracts. The performance by such Obligors, or the ability of Eaglemark to 
acquire from Dealers sufficient Subsequent Contracts for purchase with the 
Pre-Funded Amount, may be affected by a variety of social and economic 
factors including, but are not 

                                       16
<PAGE>

limited to, interest rates, unemployment levels, the rate of inflation, and 
consumer perception of economic conditions generally.  However, neither 
Eaglemark nor the Trust Depositor is able to determine and has no basis to 
predict whether or to what extent economic or social factors will affect the 
performance by any Obligors, or the availability of Subsequent Contracts in 
cases where Subsequent Contracts are to be transferred to a Trust as 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     RISK OF COMMINGLING.  With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will be 
obligated to deposit all payments on the Contracts (from whatever source) and 
all proceeds of such Contracts collected during each Due Period into the 
Collection Account of such Trust within two business days of receipt thereof. 
However, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the event 
that the Company satisfies certain requirements for monthly or less frequent 
remittances and the Rating Agencies affirm their ratings of the related 
Securities at the initial level, then for so long as the Company is the 
Servicer and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer Default (as defined 
herein) and (ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less frequent 
deposits as may be specified by the Rating Agencies and described in such 
Prospectus Supplement is satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to 
deposit such amounts into the Collection Account of such Trust until on or 
before the business day preceding each Distribution Date.  The Servicer will 
also be obligated to deposit the aggregate Purchase Amount (as defined 
herein) of Contracts purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection 
Account on or before the business day preceding each Distribution Date.  
Pending deposit into such Collection Account, collections may be invested by 
the Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and will not be 
segregated from funds of the Servicer.  If the Servicer were unable to remit 
such funds, the applicable Securityholders might incur a loss.  To the extent 
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to 
satisfy the requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other 
security for the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of 
collections on the related Contracts and payment of the aggregate Purchase 
Amount with respect to Contracts purchased by the Servicer.

     NOTEHOLDERS' ABILITY TO REMOVE SERVICER WITHOUT CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' 
CONSENT.  Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement with 
respect to a series of Securities issued by an Owner Trust that includes 
Notes, in the event a Servicer Default (as defined herein) occurs, the 
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders with respect to such series, as 
described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING 
AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT", may remove the 
Servicer without the consent of the Owner Trustee or any of the 
Certificateholders with respect to such series.  The Owner Trustee or the 
Certificateholders with respect to such series will not have the ability, 
without the concurrence of the Noteholders of such series, to remove the 
Servicer if a Servicer Default occurs. 

     NO ASSURANCES GIVEN AS TO CHANGES IN THE RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES.  It 
is a condition to the issuance of the Securities to be offered hereunder that 
they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least one 
nationally recognized statistical rating organization (a "RATING AGENCY").  A 
rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Securities inasmuch 
as such rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a 
particular investor. Ratings of Securities will address the likelihood of the 
payment of principal and interest thereon pursuant to their terms.  The 
ratings of Securities will not address the likelihood of an early return of 
invested principal.  There can be no assurance that a rating will remain for 
a given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn 
entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the future so 
warrant.  For more detailed information regarding the ratings assigned to any 
class of a particular series of Securities, see "SUMMARY OF TERMS -- RATINGS" 
and "RISK FACTORS -- RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES" in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.

     BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION - SECURITYHOLDERS LIMITED TO EXERCISING THEIR 
RIGHTS THROUGH DTC.   Each class of Securities of a given series will be 
initially represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of 
Cede & Co. ("CEDE"), or any other nominee for The Depository Trust Company 
("DTC") set forth in such Prospectus Supplement (Cede, or such other nominee, 
"DTC'S NOMINEE"), and will not be registered in the names of the holders of 
the Securities of such series or their nominees.  Because of this, unless and 
until Definitive Securities (as defined herein) for such series are issued, 
Securityholders will not be recognized by the Applicable Trustee.  Hence, 
until Definitive Securities are issued, Securityholders will be able to 
exercise their rights only indirectly through DTC and 

                                       17
<PAGE>

its participating organizations.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE 
SECURITIES -- BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "-- DEFINITIVE SECURITIES".

     LIMITED LIQUIDITY. There is currently no secondary market for the 
Securities.  There can be no assurance that any such market will develop or, 
if it does develop, that it will provide Securityholders with liquidity of 
investment or will continue for the life of the Securities.  The Securities 
will not be listed on any securities exchange.

     RISKS RELATING TO YEAR 2000 ISSUES.  The "Year 2000" issue concerns the 
potential exposures related to the automated generation of business and 
financial misinformation resulting from the application of computer programs 
which have been written using two digits to identify a year in the date field 
rather than four.  These programs could fail or produce erroneous results 
during the transition from the Year 1999 to the Year 2000.

     Eaglemark Financial, the parent of Eaglemark, is addressing the Year 
2000 issue from a corporate perspective.  In 1997, Eaglemark established a 
corporate Year 2000 compliance program to provide oversight from both a 
business and technical perspective.  The program coordinates vendors, 
consultants, local and regional resources in a focused effort to validate and 
track Year 2000 compliance.  Eaglemark has completed an investigation of the 
impact of Year 2000 on its internal applications that include PC-based and 
mid-range platforms and products.  Eaglemark currently does not support 
mainframe systems in-house.  Eaglemark plans to be fully Year 2000 compliant 
with its internal, critical systems by December 31, 1998.  As a prerequisite 
to purchase, all new or replacement systems acquired by Eaglemark have been 
certified as Year 2000 compliant by third-party software vendors.  As 
implementation of these products progresses, technical and user project teams 
include Year 2000 testing scripts as part of acceptance testing criteria.  
Additionally, Eaglemark is tracking the progress of its third-party 
processors to meet the December 31, 1998 target for Year 2000 compliance.  
Eaglemark has begun the process of developing a contingency plan to address 
the possibility that its systems will not be fully Year 2000 compliant by 
December 31, 1999.

     Eaglemark expects all of its third-party providers to find and correct 
Year 2000 deficiencies.  To this end, Eaglemark is in the process of 
accessing the readiness of its third-party providers whose system disruptions 
or data delivery would be problematic to Eaglemark.  Eaglemark has sent its 
third-party providers a Year 2000 questionnaire to assist in our evaluation 
of their Year 2000 compliance efforts.  Once Eaglemark receives their 
responses, it will develop a critical supplier list for additional inquiry 
and follow up until their Year 2000 readiness is confirmed. 
          
     Management does not anticipate that the total cost to Eaglemark of these 
Year 2000 compliance activities will be material to its financial position or 
results of operations in any given year.  All costs incurred to date have 
been internal.  The costs of these activities has been figured into the 1998 
and 1999 budgets and none of the costs relating to such activities will be 
paid out of the Trust Property.

     If Eaglemark, as Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee do 
not have computerized systems that are Year 2000 compliant by the Year 2000, 
the ability to service the Contracts (in the case of the Servicer), to make 
distributions to the Noteholders (in the case of the Indenture Trustee) and 
Certificateholders (in the case of the Owner Trustee) may be materially and 
adversely affected. 

                                      THE TRUSTS

     With respect to each series of Securities, the Trust Depositor will 
establish a separate Trust pursuant to the respective Trust Agreement or 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions 
described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The property of 
each Trust will include a pool of retail installment sales contracts of new 
and used Harley-Davidson motorcycles, or in certain limited instances 
Motorcycles manufactured by Buell (limited to 2.5% of the principal balance 
of the Contracts owned by a Trust) and Motorcycles manufactured by certain 
Other Manufacturers (see "OTHER MANUFACTURERS" herein)  (limited to 10% of 
the principal balance of the Contracts owned by a Trust) as well as all 
payments due thereunder on and after the applicable Cutoff Date.  Such 
Contracts will be sold by the Company to the Trust Depositor but will 
continue to be serviced by the Company as Servicer.  On the applicable 
Closing Date, after the issuance of the Certificates and any Notes of a given 
series, the 

                                       18
<PAGE>

Trust Depositor will sell the Initial Contracts to the Trust to the extent 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If and to the extent so 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Subsequent Contracts will be 
conveyed to the Trust as frequently as daily during the Funding Period.  In 
addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the property 
of a Trust may also include monies deposited into the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account on the Closing Date.  With respect to an Owner Trust, during the 
Revolving Period (if applicable), principal will not be distributed on the 
Securities of the related series, and principal collections on the Contracts 
of such Trust, together with (if and to the extent described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement) interest collections on such Contracts that are in 
excess of amounts required to be distributed therefrom, will be deposited 
from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment Account and will be used by 
the Trust to purchase Subsequent Contracts during such Revolving Period.  Any 
Subsequent Contracts so conveyed will also be assets of the applicable Trust, 
subject, in the case of any Owner Trust that issues Notes, to the prior 
rights of the related Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, if any, in such 
Subsequent Contracts.  The property of each Trust will also include (i) such 
amounts as from time to time may be held in separate trust accounts 
established and maintained pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the proceeds of such 
accounts, as described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement; (ii) 
security interests in the Motorcycles and any other interest of the Trust 
Depositor in such Motorcycles; (iii) the rights to proceeds from claims on 
certain physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies 
covering the Motorcycles or the Obligors, as the case may be; (iv) the 
interest of the Trust Depositor in any proceeds from recourse to Dealers (as 
defined herein) or other originators in respect of Contracts as to which the 
Servicer has determined that eventual repayment in full is unlikely; and (v) 
any and all proceeds of the foregoing.  To the extent specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, a Collateral 
Reinvestment Account, a Reserve Fund or other form of credit enhancement or 
such other property, may be a part of the property of any given Trust or may 
be held by the Trustee or an Indenture Trustee for the benefit of holders of 
the related Securities.  

     The Servicer will continue to service the Contracts held by each Trust 
and will receive fees for such services.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND 
SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- SERVICING 
COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES" herein and in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.  To facilitate the servicing of the Contracts, the Trust 
Depositor and the Applicable Trustee will authorize the Servicer to retain 
physical possession of the Contracts held by each Trust and other documents 
relating thereto as custodian for each such Trust.  Due to the administrative 
burden and expense, the certificates of title to the Motorcycles will not be 
amended to reflect the sale and assignment of the security interest in the 
Motorcycles to each Trust. In the absence of such an amendment, the Trust may 
not have a perfected security interest in the Motorcycles in all states.  See 
"RISK FACTORS -- RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED 
MOTORCYCLES"; "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS"; and "DESCRIPTION OF 
THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS" herein.

     If the protection provided to any Noteholders of a given series by the 
subordination of the related Certificates and by the Reserve Fund, if any, or 
other credit enhancement for such series or the protection provided to 
Certificateholders by any such Reserve Fund or other credit enhancement is 
insufficient, such Noteholders or Certificateholders, as the case may be, 
would have to look principally to the Obligors on the related Contracts, the 
proceeds from the repossession and sale of Motorcycles which secure defaulted 
Contracts and the proceeds from any recourse against Dealers or other 
originators with respect to such Contracts.  In such event, certain factors, 
such as the applicable Trust's not having perfected security interests in the 
Motorcycles in all states, may affect the Servicer's ability to repossess and 
sell the collateral securing the Contracts, and thus may reduce the proceeds 
to be distributed to the holders of the Securities of such series.  See 
"DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS -- DISTRIBUTIONS", "-- CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT" and 
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

     The principal offices of each Trust and the related Applicable Trustee 
will be specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

                                       19
<PAGE>

THE TRUSTEE AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, for each Trust 
will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The Applicable 
Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the related 
Securities will be limited solely to the express obligations of such 
Applicable Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement and the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as 
applicable.  The Applicable Trustee may resign at any time, in which event 
the Servicer, or its successor (or, in the case of an Owner Trust that issues 
Notes, the Administrator thereof), will be obligated to appoint a successor 
trustee.  The Administrator of any Owner Trust that issues Notes and the 
Servicer in respect of any Grantor Trust may also remove the Applicable 
Trustee if such Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under 
the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as 
applicable, or if the Applicable Trustee becomes insolvent.  In such 
circumstances, the Administrator or Servicer, as applicable, will be 
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee.  Any resignation or removal of a 
Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and appointment of a successor 
Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the 
successor Trustee.

                             HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES

     All of the Motorcycles securing Contracts were manufactured by 
Harley-Davidson, except that not more than 2.5% of the Contracts (including 
all Subsequent Contracts) may relate to, and be secured by, Motorcycles 
manufactured by Buell, and not more than 10.0% of the Contracts (including 
all Subsequent Contracts) may relate to, and be secured by, Motorcycles 
manufactured by Other Manufacturers.  See "OTHER MANUFACTURERS."  Buell 
produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using engines and certain other parts 
manufactured by Harley-Davidson.

     Harley-Davidson produces and sells premium heavyweight motorcycles.  
Within the heavyweight class, Harley-Davidson sells touring motorcycles 
(equipped for long-distance touring), as well as custom motorcycles which 
emphasize the distinctive styling associated with certain classic 
Harley-Davidson motorcycles. Harley-Davidson motorcycles are based on 
variations of five basic chassis designs and are powered by one of four air 
cooled, twin cylinder engines of "V" configuration which have displacements 
of 883cc, 1200cc, 1340cc and 1450cc. Harley-Davidson manufactures its own 
engines and frames and is the only major manufacturer of motorcycles in the 
United States. 

     Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using Harley-Davidson 1200cc 
engines that are further modified in the manufacturing process, as well as 
certain other Harley parts.  The "PERFORMANCE" aspect of the motorcycles 
refers to overall handling characteristics of the motorcycle, including 
cornering, acceleration and braking.  Buell motorcycles and related products 
are currently distributed exclusively through Harley-Davidson dealers.  
Buell's overall share of the "PERFORMANCE" market is negligible, but 
increasing.

                                 OTHER MANUFACTURERS

     Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
Contracts aggregating not more than 10.0% of the aggregate principal balances 
of all Contracts in a Trust (including Subsequent Contracts) may relate to, 
and be secured by, Motorcycles manufactured by Honda, Yamaha, Suzuki, 
Kawasaki as well as certain other manufacturers.  Such Motorcycles fall 
within two (2) categories: "touring cycles" (with displacements typically 
over 750cc) which are generally intended for use in long distance travel, and 
"street legal cycles", which include all other motorcycles which may be 
licensed for street use under applicable state or local law and which are not 
generally viewed as falling with the "touring cycle" category.

                                    THE CONTRACTS

GENERAL

     The Contracts (including Subsequent Contracts) in each Trust have been 
or will be purchased by the Company from a network of  Harley-Davidson 
Dealers located throughout the United States.  The Company's  

                                       20
<PAGE>

personnel contact Dealers and explain the Company's available financing 
plans, terms, prevailing rates and credit and financing policies.  If the 
Dealer wishes to use the Company's available customer financing, the Dealer 
must make an application to the Company for approval.

     Contracts (including Subsequent Contracts) that the Company purchases 
are written on forms provided or approved by the Company and are purchased on 
an individually approved basis in accordance with the Company's guidelines.  
The Dealer submits the customer's credit application and purchase order to 
the Company's office where an analysis of the creditworthiness of the 
proposed buyer is made.  The analysis includes a review of the proposed 
buyer's paying habits, length and likelihood of continued employment and 
certain other procedures.  The Company's current underwriting guidelines for 
Contracts generally require that the monthly payment on the Contract, 
together with the Obligor's other fixed monthly obligations, not exceed 40% 
of the Obligor's monthly gross income; provided, however, the Company may 
originate a Contract in excess of 40% of an Obligor's monthly gross income if 
the Obligor makes a larger down payment or has an exceptionally good credit 
rating or other offsetting factors exist.  With respect to Contracts for new 
Motorcycles, and for used Motorcycles of model year 1990 or later, the 
Company generally finances up to 90% of the Motorcycle's sales price.  The 
Company generally finances up to 85% of such amount for used Motorcycles of a 
model year earlier than 1990.  The Company  will also finance certain Dealer 
installed accessories, sales tax and title fees as well as premiums for the 
term of the contract on optional credit life and accident and health 
insurance, premiums for extended warranty insurance and premiums for required 
physical damage insurance on the Motorcycle which financed amounts are part 
of the principal balance of the respective Contract.  If the application 
meets the Company's guidelines and the credit is approved, the Company 
purchases the Contract when the customer accepts delivery of the Motorcycle.

DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

     Certain information concerning the experience of the Company pertaining 
to delinquencies, repossessions and net losses with respect to new and used 
Motorcycle Contracts will be set forth in each Prospectus Supplement.  There 
can be no assurance that the delinquency, repossession and net loss 
experience on any particular pool of Contracts will be comparable to prior 
experience or to such information.

                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

     The weighted average life of the Notes, if any, and the Certificates of 
any series will generally be influenced by the rate at which the principal 
balances of the related Contracts are paid, which payment may be in the form 
of scheduled amortization or prepayments.  (For this purpose, the term 
"PREPAYMENTS" includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments (including 
those related to rebates of extended warranty contract costs and insurance 
premiums), liquidations due to default, losses caused by the issuance of an 
order by a court in any insolvency proceeding reducing the amount owed under 
a Contract, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit life 
and disability insurance policies and from certain purchases or repurchases 
of Contracts from the Trust.)  All of the Contracts are prepayable at any 
time without penalty to the Obligor.  The rate of prepayment of  Contracts is 
influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors.  In addition, 
under certain circumstances, the Company, through the Trust Depositor, will 
be obligated to repurchase Contracts from a given Trust pursuant to the 
related Transfer and Sale Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement as a result of breaches of certain representations 
and warranties.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND 
POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS" and "-- 
SERVICING PROCEDURES".  See also "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- TERMINATION" regarding the 
Trust Depositor's option to repurchase the Contracts from a given Trust (and 
the Seller's option to concurrently repurchase such Contracts from the Trust 
Depositor) and "-- INSOLVENCY EVENT" regarding the sale of the Contracts 
owned by a Trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trust Depositor 
applicable to such Trust occurs.

     In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to 
the amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the 
Certificates of a given series on each Distribution Date since such amount 
will depend, in part, on the amount of principal collected on the related 
pool of Contracts during the applicable Due 

                                       21
<PAGE>

Period.  Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower incidence 
of prepayment of Contracts will be borne entirely by the Noteholders, if any, 
and the Certificateholders of a given series.  The related Prospectus 
Supplement may set forth certain additional information with respect to the 
maturity and prepayment considerations applicable to the particular pool of 
Contracts and the related series of Securities.

                         POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

     The "NOTE POOL FACTOR" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit 
decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with 
respect to such class of Notes indicating the remaining outstanding principal 
balance of such class of Notes, as of the applicable Distribution Date (after 
giving effect to payments to be made on such Distribution Date), as a 
fraction of the initial outstanding principal balance of such class of Notes. 
The "CERTIFICATE POOL FACTOR" for each class of Certificates will be a 
seven-digit decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each 
distribution with respect to such class of Certificates indicating the 
remaining Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates, as of the 
applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made 
on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the initial Certificate Balance 
of such class of Certificates.  Each Note Pool Factor and each Certificate 
Pool Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and thereafter will decline to 
reflect reductions in the outstanding principal balance of the applicable 
class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance of the applicable 
class of Certificates, as the case may be.  A Noteholder's portion of the 
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of Notes is the 
product of (i) the original denomination of such Noteholder's Note and (ii) 
the applicable Note Pool Factor.  A Certificateholder's portion of the 
aggregate outstanding Certificate Balance for the related class of 
Certificates is the product of (a) the original denomination of such 
Certificateholder's Certificate and (b) the applicable Certificate Pool 
Factor.

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the 
Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders will receive reports on or 
about each Distribution Date concerning, with respect to the Due Period 
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, payments received on the 
Contracts, the Pool Balance, each Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool 
Factor, as applicable, and various other items of information.  In addition, 
Securityholders of record during any calendar year will be furnished 
information for tax reporting purposes not later than the latest date 
permitted by law.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS".

                                   USE OF PROCEEDS

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the 
Trust will use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Securities (i) 
to purchase the Initial Contracts and related assets from the Trust 
Depositor, (ii) to make the deposit, if any, of the Pre-Funded Amount into 
the Pre-Funding Account, if any, and (iii) to make the initial deposit, if 
any, to the Collateral Reinvestment Account, if any.  The Seller will use the 
net proceeds from the Trust Depositor's purchase of the Initial Contracts, as 
well as Subsequent Contracts, for the repayment of warehouse lines through 
which it finances its Motorcycle conditional sales contracts, and for other 
corporate purposes.

                 EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC.;
                               AND THE TRUST DEPOSITORS

EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. 

     Eaglemark Financial was formed in June 1992 with a capital infusion of
$10,000,000 from Harley-Davidson and an additional $15,000,000 capital
contribution from a major institutional investor in January 1993.  In November
1995, Harley-Davidson purchased the equity owned by the major institutional
investor and as a result Eaglemark Financial is a 97.8% owned subsidiary of
Harley-Davidson.  The business of Eaglemark Financial, 

                                       22
<PAGE>

through its 100% ownership of Eaglemark, has been to provide wholesale and 
retail financing, credit card and insurance services to Dealers and customers 
of Harley-Davidson. 

EAGLEMARK, INC. 

     Eaglemark was incorporated as a Nevada corporation in 1992 and is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial.  Eaglemark  began operations 
in January 1993 when it purchased the $85 million wholesale financing 
portfolio of certain Harley-Davidson Dealers from ITT Commercial Finance; 
subsequently, Eaglemark entered the retail consumer finance business.  
Eaglemark provides financing to Harley-Davidson customers for new and used 
motorcycles, as well as certain other recreational products such as 
single-engine aircraft and marine products.  Harley-Davidson Motorcycles are 
financed through the Canadian Harley-Davidson dealers under the trade name 
"Deeley Credit."  Eaglemark also finances extended service contracts on 
Motorcycles.  Eaglemark's  financing, credit card and insurance programs are 
designed to work together as a package that appeals to the needs of 
Harley-Davidson's customers.  The intent of such a package is to increase 
Dealer and customer loyalty to Eaglemark while improving revenue and profits 
over time.  Eaglemark's principal executive offices are located at 4150 
Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706 (telephone 702/886-3200).

THE TRUST DEPOSITORS

     With respect to each series of Securities, the Trust Depositor will be a 
special-purpose finance subsidiary of the Company.  All of the common stock 
of the Trust Depositor will be owned by Eaglemark.  All of the officers and 
directors of each Trust Depositor will be employed by Eaglemark or Eaglemark 
Financial, except that at least two directors of each Trust Depositor shall 
at all times be independent of Eaglemark, Eaglemark Financial and 
Harley-Davidson.

                               DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

     Each Owner Trust may issue one or more classes of Notes pursuant to an 
Indenture, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration 
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. 

     Each class of Notes will initially be represented by one or more Notes, 
in each case registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any 
successor depository selected by the Trust, the "DEPOSITORY"), except as set 
forth below.  The Notes will be available for purchase in denominations of 
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof in book-entry form only.  The Company 
has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede, unless another 
nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, such 
nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the Notes of each class.  
Unless and until Definitive Notes (as defined herein) are issued under the 
limited circumstances described herein or in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, no Noteholder will be entitled to receive a physical certificate 
representing a Note.  All references herein and in the related Prospectus 
Supplement to actions by Noteholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon 
instructions from its participating organizations (the "PARTICIPANTS"), and 
all references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to 
distributions, notices, reports and statements to Noteholders refer to 
distributions, notices, reports and statements to DTC or its nominee, as the 
registered holder of the Notes, for distribution to Noteholders in accordance 
with DTC's procedures with respect thereto.  See "CERTAIN INFORMATION 
REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "-- DEFINITIVE 
SECURITIES".

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES

     The timing and priority of payment, seniority, allocations of losses, 
Interest Rate and amount of or method of determining payments of principal 
and interest on each class of Notes of a given series will be described in 
the related Prospectus Supplement.  The right of holders of any class of 
Notes to receive payments of principal and interest may be senior or 
subordinate to the rights of holders of any other class or classes of Notes 
of such series, as 

                                       23
<PAGE>

described in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise provided in 
the related Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest on the Notes of such 
series will be made prior to payments of principal thereon.  If so provided 
in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one or more 
classes of Strip Notes entitled to (i) principal payments with 
disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments 
with disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments.  Each class of Notes 
may have a different Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or 
adjustable Interest Rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip 
Notes), or any combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus 
Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each class of Notes of a given 
series or the method for determining such Interest Rate. See also "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- FIXED RATE SECURITIES" and "-- 
FLOATING RATE SECURITIES".  One or more classes of Notes of a series may be 
redeemable in whole or in part under the circumstances specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or 
Collateral Reinvestment Account has been established with respect to a 
related series, from amounts remaining in the applicable account at the end 
of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result 
of the Seller through the Trust Depositor exercising its option to repurchase 
the related pool of Contracts.

     To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, one or more 
classes of Notes of a given series may have fixed principal payment 
schedules, as set forth in such Prospectus Supplement; Noteholders of such 
Notes would be entitled to receive as payments of principal on any given 
Distribution Date the applicable amounts set forth on such schedule with 
respect to such Notes, in the manner and to the extent set forth in the 
related Prospectus Supplement.

     Payments to holders of Notes of all classes within a series in respect 
of interest will have the same priority.  Under certain circumstances, the 
amount available for such payments could be less than the amount of interest 
payable on the Notes on any of the dates specified for payments in the 
related Prospectus Supplement (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE"), in which case 
each class of Noteholders will receive its ratable share (based upon the 
aggregate amount of interest due to the holders of such class of Notes) of 
the aggregate amount available to be distributed in respect of interest on 
the Notes of such series. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- DISTRIBUTIONS" and "-- 
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT".

     In the case of a series of Securities which includes two or more classes 
of Notes, the sequential order and priority of payment in respect of 
principal and interest, and any schedule or formula or other provisions 
applicable to the determination thereof, of each such class will be set forth 
in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Payments in respect of principal of 
and interest on any class of Notes will be made on a pro rata basis among all 
the Noteholders of such class.  One or more classes of Notes of a series may 
be redeemable in whole or in part under the circumstances specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or 
Collateral Reinvestment Account has been established with respect to the 
related series, from amounts remaining in the applicable account at the end 
of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result 
of the exercise by the Seller through the Trust Depositor or such other party 
as may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement of its option to 
repurchase the related pool of Contracts.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND 
SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- TERMINATION".

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE

     EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.  With respect to the 
Notes of a given series, "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" under the related Indenture will 
include the following: (i) a default for five days or more in the payment of 
any interest on any such Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the 
principal, or any installment of the principal, of any such Note when the 
same becomes due and payable; (iii) a default in the observance or 
performance of any covenant or agreement of the applicable Trust made in such 
Indenture and the continuation of any such default for a period of 30 days 
after notice thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture 
Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at 
least 25% in principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; (iv) any 
representation or warranty made by such Trust in such Indenture or in any 
certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith having been 
incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, if such breach is not 
cured within 30 days after notice thereof is given to such Trust by the 
applicable Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and 

                                       24
<PAGE>

such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of 
such Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, 
receivership or liquidation of the applicable Trust.  However, the amount of 
principal required to be paid to Noteholders of such series under the related 
Indenture will generally be limited to amounts available to be deposited in 
the applicable Note Distribution Account.  Therefore, the failure to pay 
principal on a class of Notes generally will not result in the occurrence of 
an Event of Default until the final scheduled Distribution Date for such 
class of Notes.

     If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to 
the Notes of any series, the related Indenture Trustee or holders of not less 
than 66 2/3% of the principal amount (or a lesser percentage as specified in 
the related Prospectus Supplement, but in no case not less than 50%) of such 
Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of such Notes to be 
immediately due and payable.  Such declaration may, under certain 
circumstances, be rescinded by the holders not less than 66 2/3% (or a lesser 
percentage as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, but in no case 
not less than 50%) of the principal amount of such Notes then outstanding.

     If the Notes of any series are declared due and payable following an 
Event of Default with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may 
institute proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust Property, 
exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the related Contracts or elect to 
have the applicable Trust maintain possession of such Contracts and continue 
to apply collections on such Contracts as if there had been no declaration of 
acceleration.  However, such Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling 
such Contracts following an Event of Default, other than a default in the 
payment of any principal of, or a default for five days or more in the 
payment of any interest on, any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders 
of all such outstanding Notes consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds of such 
sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest 
on such outstanding Notes at the date of such sale or (iii) such Indenture 
Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Contracts would not be sufficient 
on an ongoing basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would 
have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, 
and such Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of not less 
than 66 2/3% (or a lesser percentage as specified in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, but in no case not less than 50%) of the aggregate outstanding 
principal amount of such Notes.

     Subject to the provisions of the applicable Indenture relating to the 
duties of the related Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is 
continuing with respect to a series of Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be 
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under such 
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of such Notes if 
such Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately 
indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be 
incurred by it in complying with such request.  Subject to the provisions for 
indemnification and certain limitations contained in the related Indenture, 
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a 
given series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of 
conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the applicable Indenture 
Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then 
outstanding may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, 
except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default in 
respect of a covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot be modified 
without the waiver or consent of all the holders of each such outstanding 
Note.

     No holder of a Note of any series will have the right to institute any 
proceeding with respect to the related Indenture, unless (i) such holder 
previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written notice of a 
continuing Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in 
principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have made written 
request to such Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own 
name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered such 
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity, (iv) such Indenture Trustee has for 
60 days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction inconsistent 
with such written request has been given to such Indenture Trustee during 
such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of such 
outstanding Notes.

     In addition each Indenture Trustee and the related Noteholders, by 
accepting the related Notes, will covenant that they will not at any time 
institute against the Trust Depositor or the applicable Trust any bankruptcy, 
reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or 
similar law.

                                       25
<PAGE>

     With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor the 
related Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate 
representing an ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective 
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, 
successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the 
contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or 
interest on the related Notes or for the agreements of such Trust contained 
in the applicable Indenture.

     CERTAIN COVENANTS.  Each Indenture will provide that the related Trust 
may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless, among such 
other requirements as may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
(i) the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is 
organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of 
Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly assumes such Trust's obligation to make 
due and punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and to perform 
or observe every agreement and covenant of such Trust under the Indenture, 
(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately 
after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised that the 
rating of the Notes (and, if so provided in such Indenture, the Certificates) 
of such series then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating 
Agencies as a result of such merger or consolidation, (v) such Trust has 
received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation or 
merger would have no material adverse tax consequence to the Trust or to any 
related Noteholder or Certificateholder and (vi) any action as is necessary 
to maintain the lien and security interest of the Indenture shall have been 
taken.

     No Owner Trust will, among other things, (i) except as expressly 
permitted by the applicable Indenture, the applicable Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or certain related documents 
with respect to such Trust (collectively, the "RELATED DOCUMENTS"), sell, 
transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of such Trust, 
(ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and 
interest payable in respect of the Notes of the related series (other than 
amounts properly withheld under the Code or applicable state law) or assert 
any claim against any present or former holder of such Notes because of the 
payment of taxes levied or assessed upon such Trust, (iii) permit the 
validity or effectiveness of such Indenture to be impaired or permit any 
person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to such 
Notes under such Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby or 
(iv) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or 
other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or 
burden the assets of such Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein 
or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and other 
liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Motorcycle and 
arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the related Obligor).

     No Trust may engage in any activity other than as described herein or in 
the Prospectus Supplement.  No Trust will incur, assume or guarantee any 
indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the related Notes 
and the related Indenture, pursuant to any Advances made to it by the 
Servicer or otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

     MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE.  Each Owner Trust and the related Indenture 
Trustee may, with the consent of the holders of more than 50% (or such higher 
percentage as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) of the 
outstanding Notes of the related series, execute a supplemental indenture to 
add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the 
related Indenture, or modify (except as provided below) in any manner the 
rights of the related Noteholders.

     However, with respect to a series of Notes, without the consent of the 
holder of each such outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental 
indenture will, among other things: (i) change the due date of any 
installment of principal of or interest on any such Note or reduce the 
principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the 
redemption price with respect thereto or change any place of payment where or 
the coin or currency in which any such Note or any interest thereon is 
payable; (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of 
certain provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce 
the percentage of the aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes of such 
series, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such 
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for 
any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of such Indenture or of 
certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such 
Indenture; (iv) modify or 

                                       26
<PAGE>

alter the provisions of such Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by 
the applicable Trust, any other obligor on such Notes, the Trust Depositor or 
an affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate 
outstanding amount of such Notes, the consent of the holders of which is 
required to direct the related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the 
Contracts if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the 
principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes of 
such series; (vi) amend the provisions of the Indenture which specify the 
percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes required to amend 
certain sections of such Indenture or certain other related agreements; or 
(vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with 
the lien of such Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for such 
Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in such Indenture, 
terminate the lien of such Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the 
holder of any such Note of the security afforded by the lien of such 
Indenture.

     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, an 
Owner Trust and the applicable Indenture Trustee may also enter into 
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders of 
the related series, for the purpose of, among other things, adding any 
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions 
of the related Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such 
Noteholders; provided that such action will not materially and adversely 
affect the interest of any such Noteholder.

     ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT.  Each Owner Trust that issues Notes will be 
required to file annually with the related Indenture Trustee a written 
statement as to the fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture.

     INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT.  The Indenture Trustee for each Owner 
Trust that issues Notes will be required to mail each year to all related 
Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility and qualification to 
continue as Indenture Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts 
advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity 
date of certain indebtedness owing by the related Owner Trust to the 
applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, the property and 
funds physically held by such Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken 
by it that materially affects the related Notes and that has not been 
previously reported.

     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.  An Indenture will be 
discharged with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon (i) 
the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such 
Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with such Indenture Trustee 
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes and (ii) the 
payment of all amounts and obligations, if any, which the Owner Trust owes to 
the Noteholders or Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement.  The Indenture Trustee for any series may 
resign at any time, in which event the related Administrator will be 
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee for such series.  The Administrator 
may also remove any such Indenture Trustee if such Indenture Trustee ceases 
to be eligible to continue as such under the related Indenture or if such 
Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent.  In such circumstances, such Owner Trust 
will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee for the applicable series of 
Notes.  Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment 
of a successor Trustee for any series of Notes does not become effective 
until acceptance of the appointment by the successor Trustee for such series.

                           DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     With respect to each Trust, one or more classes of Certificates of the
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. 

                                       27
<PAGE>

     Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the 
Trust Depositor, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by 
one or more Certificates registered in the name of the Depository, except as 
set forth below.  Except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series 
purchased by the Trust Depositor, the Certificates will be available for 
purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof in 
book-entry form only.  The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's 
nominee will be Cede, unless another nominee is specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder 
of record of the Certificates of any series that are not purchased by the 
Trust Depositor. Unless and until Definitive Certificates (as defined herein) 
are issued under the limited circumstances described herein or in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, no Certificateholder (other than the Trust Depositor) 
will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a 
Certificate.  All references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement 
to actions by Certificateholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon 
instructions from the Participants, and all references herein and in the 
related Prospectus Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and 
statements to Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and 
statements to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered 
holder of the Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in 
accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto. See "CERTAIN 
INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and " -- 
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES".  Any Certificates of a given series owned by the 
Trust Depositor or its affiliates will be entitled to equal and proportionate 
benefits under the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, except that such Certificates will be deemed not to be outstanding 
for the purpose of determining whether the requisite percentage of 
Certificateholders has given any request, demand, authorization, direction, 
notice or consent or taken any other action under the Related Documents 
(other than the commencement by the related Trust of a voluntary proceeding 
in bankruptcy as described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- INSOLVENCY EVENT").

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

     The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of 
losses, Pass-Through Rate and amount of or method of determining 
distributions with respect to principal of and interest on each class of 
Certificates of a given series will be described in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.  Distributions of interest on such Certificates will be made on 
the Distribution Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and will 
be made prior to distributions with respect to principal of such 
Certificates.  To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a 
series may include one or more classes of Strip Certificates entitled to (i) 
distributions in respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no 
interest distributions or (ii) interest distributions with disproportionate, 
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal.  Each class of 
Certificates may have a different Pass-Through Rate, which may be a fixed, 
variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate (and which may be zero for certain 
classes of Strip Certificates) or any combination of the foregoing.  The 
related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-Through Rate for each 
class of Certificates of a given series or the method for determining such 
Pass-Through Rate.  See also "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- 
FIXED RATE SECURITIES" and "-- FLOATING RATE SECURITIES".  Unless otherwise 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions in respect of 
the Certificates of a given series that includes Notes may be subordinated to 
payments in respect of the Notes of such series as more fully described in 
such Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise provided in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, distributions in respect of interest on and principal 
of any class of Certificates will be made on a pro rata basis among all the 
Certificateholders of such class.

     In the case of a series of Certificates which includes two or more 
classes of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or 
amount of distributions in respect of interest and principal, and any 
schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the determination 
thereof, of each such class shall be as set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.  One or more classes of Certificates of a series may be 
redeemable in whole or in part under the circumstances specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or 
Collateral Reinvestment Account has been established with respect to the 
related series, from amounts remaining in the applicable account at the end 
of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result 
of the exercise by the Seller through the Trust Depositor or such other party 
as may be specified in such Prospectus Supplement of its option to repurchase 
the related pool of Contracts.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS -- TERMINATION".

                                       28
<PAGE>

                     CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

FIXED RATE SECURITIES

     Each class of Securities (other than certain classes of Strip Notes or 
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum ("FIXED RATE 
SECURITIES") or at a variable or adjustable rate per annum ("FLOATING RATE 
SECURITIES"), as more fully described below and in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement.  Each class of Fixed Rate Securities will bear interest at the 
applicable per annum Interest Rate or Pass-Through Rate, as the case may be, 
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.  Unless otherwise set 
forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, interest on each class of 
Fixed Rate Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of 
twelve 30-day months.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- PRINCIPAL AND 
INTEREST ON THE NOTES" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES -- DISTRIBUTIONS 
OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST".

FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

     Each class of Floating Rate Securities will bear interest for each 
applicable "INTEREST RESET PERIOD" (as such term is defined in the related 
Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate Securities) at 
a rate per annum determined by reference to an interest rate basis (the "BASE 
RATE"), plus or minus the Spread, if any, or multiplied by the Spread 
Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified in such Prospectus Supplement. 
The "SPREAD" is the number of basis points (one basis point equals one 
one-hundredth of a percentage point) that may be specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class, and the "SPREAD 
MULTIPLIER" is the percentage that may be specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class.

     The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate one of the following 
Base Rates as applicable to a given Floating Rate Security: (i) LIBOR (a 
"LIBOR SECURITY"), (ii) the Commercial Paper Rate (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE 
SECURITY"), (iii) the Treasury Rate (a "TREASURY RATE SECURITY"), (iv) the 
Federal Funds Rate (a "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE SECURITY"), (v) the CD Rate (a "CD 
RATE SECURITY") or (vi) such other Base Rate as is set forth in such 
Prospectus Supplement.  The "INDEX MATURITY" for any class of Floating Rate 
Securities is the period of maturity of the instrument or obligation from 
which the Base Rate is calculated. "H.15(519)" means the publication entitled 
"STATISTICAL RELEASE H.15(519), SELECTED INTEREST RATES", or any successor 
publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System.  "COMPOSITE QUOTATIONS" means the daily statistical release entitled 
"COMPOSITE 3:30 P.M.  QUOTATIONS FOR U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" published by 
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. "INTEREST RESET DATE" will be the first 
day of the applicable Interest Reset Period, or such other day as may be 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of 
Floating Rate Securities.

     As specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Floating Rate 
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in 
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (i) a maximum limitation, or 
ceiling, on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period 
and (ii) a minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may 
accrue during any interest period.  In addition to any maximum interest rate 
that may be applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest 
rate applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no event be 
higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be 
modified by United States law of general application.

     Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities 
will be issued will appoint, and enter into agreements with, a calculation 
agent (each, a "CALCULATION AGENT") to calculate interest rates on each such 
class of Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto.  The 
applicable Prospectus Supplement will set forth the identity of the 
Calculation Agent for each such class of Floating Rate Securities of a given 
series, which may be either the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee with 
respect to such series.  All determinations of interest by the Calculation 
Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes 
and binding on the holders of Floating Rate Securities of a given class.  All 
percentages resulting from any calculation of the rate of interest on a 
Floating Rate Security will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 
1/100,000 of 1% (.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point 
rounded upward.

                                       29
<PAGE>

     CD RATE SECURITIES.  Each CD Rate Security will bear interest for each 
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to the 
CD Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, 
specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     The "CD RATE" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the rate as of the 
second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset 
Period (a "CD RATE DETERMINATION DATE") for negotiable certificates of 
deposit having the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement as published in H.15(519) under the heading "CDS (SECONDARY 
MARKET)".  In the event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., 
New York City time, on the Calculation Date (as defined below) pertaining to 
such CD Rate Determination Date, then the "CD RATE" for such Interest Reset 
Period will be the rate on such CD Rate Determination Date for negotiable 
certificates of deposit of the Index Maturity designated in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement as published in Composite Quotations under the heading 
"CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT".  If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such 
Calculation Date such rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or 
Composite Quotations, then the "CD RATE" for such Interest Reset Period will 
be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such CD Rate Security and will be 
the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., 
New York City time, on such CD Rate Determination Date, of three leading 
nonbank dealers in negotiable U.S.  dollar certificates of deposit in The 
City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such CD Rate Security 
for negotiable certificates of deposit of major United States money center 
banks of the highest credit standing (in the market for negotiable 
certificates of deposit) with a remaining maturity closest to the Index 
Maturity designated in the related Prospectus Supplement in a denomination of 
$5,000,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by 
such Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this 
sentence, the "CD RATE" for such Interest Reset Period will be the same as 
the CD Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     The "CALCULATION DATE" pertaining to any CD Rate Determination Date 
shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such CD Rate 
Determination Date or, if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding 
business day or (b) the second business day preceding the date any payment is 
required to be made for any period following the applicable Interest Reset 
Date.

     COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE SECURITIES.  Each Commercial Paper Rate Security 
will bear interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate 
calculated with reference to the Commercial Paper Rate (as defined herein) 
and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in such Security and 
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     The "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for each Interest Reset Period will be 
determined by the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper Rate Security 
as of the second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such 
Interest Reset Period (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE DETERMINATION DATE") and 
shall be the Money Market Yield (as defined below) on such Commercial Paper 
Rate Determination Date of the rate for commercial paper having the Index 
Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as such rate 
shall be published in H.15(519) under the heading "COMMERCIAL PAPER".  In the 
event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, 
on the Calculation Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Commercial 
Paper Rate Determination Date, then the "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for such 
Interest Reset Period shall be the Money Market Yield on such Commercial 
Paper Rate Determination Date of the rate for commercial paper of the 
specified Index Maturity as published in Composite Quotations under the 
heading "COMMERCIAL PAPER".  If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such 
Calculation Date such rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or 
Composite Quotations, then the "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for such Interest 
Reset Period shall be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the 
offered rates, as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Commercial Paper 
Rate Determination Date of three leading dealers of commercial paper in The 
City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper 
Rate Security for commercial paper of the specified Index Maturity placed for 
an industrial issuer whose bonds are rated "AA" or the equivalent by a 
nationally recognized rating agency; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the dealers 
selected as aforesaid by such Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates 
as mentioned in this sentence, the "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for such Interest 
Reset Period will be the same as the Commercial Paper Rate for the 
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     "MONEY MARKET YIELD" shall be a yield calculated in accordance with the 
following formula:

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                      D x 360
       Money Market Yield =  __________________________  x 100
                                   360 - (D x M)

where "D" refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted 
on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, and "M" refers to the 
actual number of days in the specified Index Maturity.

     The "CALCULATION DATE" pertaining to any Commercial Paper Rate 
Determination Date shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day 
after such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date or, if such day is not a 
business day, the next succeeding business day or (b) the second business day 
preceding the date any payment is required to be made for any period 
following the applicable Interest Reset Date.

     FEDERAL FUNDS RATE SECURITIES.  Each Federal Funds Rate Security will 
bear interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated 
with reference to the Federal Funds Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread 
or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in such Security and in the 
applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     The "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the 
effective rate on the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (a 
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE DETERMINATION DATE") for Federal Funds as published in 
H.15(519) under the heading "FEDERAL FUNDS (EFFECTIVE)".  In the event that 
such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the 
Calculation Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Federal Funds Rate 
Determination Date, the "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" for such Interest Reset Period 
shall be the rate on such Federal Funds Rate Determination Date as published 
in Composite Quotations under the heading "FEDERAL FUNDS/EFFECTIVE RATE".  If 
by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not 
yet published in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations, then the "FEDERAL 
FUNDS RATE" for such Interest Reset Period shall be the rate on such Federal 
Funds Rate Determination Date made publicly available by the Federal Reserve 
Bank of New York which is equivalent to the rate which appears in H.15(519) 
under the heading "FEDERAL FUNDS (EFFECTIVE)"; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if 
such rate is not made publicly available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New 
York by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Calculation Date, the "FEDERAL 
FUNDS RATE" for such Interest Reset Period will be the same as the Federal 
Funds Rate in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.  In 
the case of a Federal Funds Rate Security that resets daily, the interest 
rate on such Security for the period from and including a Monday to but 
excluding the succeeding Monday will be reset by the Calculation Agent for 
such Security on such second Monday (or, if not a business day, on the next 
succeeding business day) to a rate equal to the average of the Federal Funds 
Rates in effect with respect to each such day in such week.

     The "CALCULATION DATE" pertaining to any Federal Funds Rate 
Determination Date shall be the next succeeding business day.

     LIBOR SECURITIES.  Each LIBOR Security will bear interest for each 
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to LIBOR 
(as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in 
such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

     With respect to LIBOR indexed to the offered rates for U.S. dollar 
deposits, "LIBOR" for each Interest Reset Period will be established by the 
Calculation Agent for any LIBOR Security and will equal the offered rate for 
United States dollar deposits for one month that appears on Telerate Page 
3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the second LIBOR Business Day (as 
defined herein) prior to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset 
Period (the "LIBOR DETERMINATION DATE").  "TELERATE PAGE 3750" means the 
display page so designated on the Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other 
page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be 
nominated by the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London 
interbank offered rates of major banks).  If such rate appears on Telerate 
Page 3750 on a LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR for the related Interest Reset 
Period will be such rate.  If on any LIBOR Determination Date such offered 
rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent will 
request each of the reference banks (which will be major banks that are 
engaged in transactions in the London interbank market selected by the 
Calculation Agent) to provide the Calculation Agent with its offered 
quotation for United States dollar deposits for one month to prime banks in 
the London interbank 

                                       31
<PAGE>

market as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date.  If at least two 
reference banks provide the Calculation Agent with such offered quotations, 
LIBOR with respect to such date will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, 
if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent) of all such 
quotations.  If on such date fewer than two of the reference banks provide 
the Calculation Agent with such offered quotations, LIBOR with respect to 
such date will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the 
nearest one-sixteenth of one percent) of the offered per annum rates that one 
or more leading banks in The City of New York selected by the Calculation 
Agent are quoting as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date to 
leading European banks for United States dollar deposits for one month; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such banks are not quoting as described above, 
LIBOR with respect to such date will be LIBOR applicable to the immediately 
preceding Interest Reset Period.  "LIBOR BUSINESS DAY" as used herein means a 
day that is both a business day and a day on which banking institutions in 
the City of London, England are not required or authorized by law to be 
closed.

     TREASURY RATE SECURITIES.  Each Treasury Rate Security will bear 
interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with 
reference to the Treasury Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread 
Multiplier, if any, specified in such Security and in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement.

     The "TREASURY RATE" for each Interest Period will be the rate for the 
auction held on the Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined below) for 
such Interest Reset Period of direct obligations of the United States 
("TREASURY BILLS") having the Index Maturity specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the 
heading "U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES -- TREASURY BILLS -- AUCTION AVERAGE 
(INVESTMENT)" or, in the event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 
p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date (as defined below) 
pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined herein), the 
auction average rate (expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a year 
of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and applied on a daily basis) on such 
Treasury Rate Determination Date as otherwise announced by the United States 
Department of the Treasury.  In the event that the results of the auction of 
Treasury bills having the specified Index Maturity are not published or 
reported as provided above by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such 
Calculation Date, or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate 
Determination Date, then the "TREASURY RATE" for such Interest Reset Period 
shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such Treasury Rate Security 
and shall be the yield to maturity (expressed as a bond equivalent on the 
basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and applied on a daily 
basis) of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of 
approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such Treasury Rate 
Determination Date, of three leading primary United States government 
securities dealers selected by such Calculation Agent for the issue of 
Treasury bills with a remaining maturity closest to the specified Index 
Maturity; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by 
such Calculation Agent are not quoting bid rates as mentioned in this 
sentence, then the "TREASURY RATE" for such Interest Reset Period will be the 
same as the Treasury Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

     The "TREASURY RATE DETERMINATION DATE" for each Interest Reset Period 
will be the day of the week in which the Interest Reset Date for such 
Interest Reset Period falls on which Treasury bills would normally be 
auctioned.  Treasury bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each 
week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is 
normally held on the following Tuesday, except that such auction may be held 
on the preceding Friday.  If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is 
so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Treasury Rate 
Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Period commencing in the 
next succeeding week.  If an auction date shall fall on any day that would 
otherwise be an Interest Reset Date for a Treasury Rate Security, then such 
Interest Reset Date shall instead be the business day immediately following 
such auction date.

     The "CALCULATION DATE" pertaining to any Treasury Rate Determination 
Date shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such 
Treasury Rate Determination Date or, if such a day is not a business day, the 
next succeeding business day or (b) the second business day preceding the 
date any payment is required to be made for any period following the 
applicable Interest Reset Date.

                                       32
<PAGE>

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

     DTC will act as securities depository for each class of Securities 
offered hereby.  Each class of Securities initially will be represented by 
one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede, the nominee of DTC.  
As such, it is anticipated that the only "NOTEHOLDER" and/or 
"CERTIFICATEHOLDER" with respect to a series of Securities will be Cede, as 
nominee of DTC.  Beneficial owners of the Securities ("SECURITY OWNERS") will 
not be recognized by the related Indenture Trustee as "NOTEHOLDERS", as such 
term is used in each Indenture, or by the related Trustee as 
"CERTIFICATEHOLDERS", as such term is used in each Trust Agreement and 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and Security Owners will be permitted to 
exercise the rights of Noteholders or Certificateholders only indirectly 
through DTC and its Participants.

     DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the 
State of New York, a "BANKING ORGANIZATION" within the meaning of the New 
York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "CLEARING 
CORPORATION" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect 
in the State of New York, and a "CLEARING AGENCY" registered pursuant to the 
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was created to hold 
securities for the Participants and to facilitate the clearance and 
settlement of securities transactions between Participants through electronic 
book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of 
certificates.  Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, 
trust companies and clearing corporations.  Indirect access to the DTC system 
also is available to banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear 
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either 
directly or indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS").

     Security Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but 
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an interest 
in, the Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect 
Participants. In addition, all Security Owners will receive all distributions 
of principal and interest from the related Indenture Trustee or the related 
Trustee, as applicable, through Participants.  Under a book-entry format, 
Security Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since 
such payments will be forwarded by the Applicable Trustee to DTC's nominee.  
DTC will then forward such payments to the Participants, which thereafter 
will forward them to Indirect Participants or Security Owners.

     Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC 
and its operations (the "RULES"), DTC is required to make book-entry 
transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the 
Securities and to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and 
interest on the Securities.  Participants and Indirect Participants with 
which Security Owners have accounts with respect to the Securities similarly 
are required to make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such 
payments on behalf of their respective Security Owners.  Accordingly, 
although Security Owners will not possess physical certificates representing 
the Securities, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Participants and 
Indirect Participants will receive payments and transfer interests, directly 
or indirectly, on behalf of Security Owners.

     Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on 
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Security 
Owner to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do not participate in 
the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such Securities, 
may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate representing such 
Securities.

     DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be 
taken by a Security Owner under the Indenture, Trust Agreement or Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, only at the direction of one or more 
Participants to whose account with DTC the Securities are credited.  DTC may 
take conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the 
extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings 
include such undivided interests.

     Except as required by law, none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, 
the related Administrator or the Applicable Trustee will have any liability 
for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of 
beneficial ownership interests of Securities of any series held by DTC's 
nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to 
such beneficial ownership interests.

                                       33
<PAGE>

DEFINITIVE SECURITIES

     The Notes, if any, and the Certificates of a given series will be issued 
in fully registered, certificated form ("DEFINITIVE NOTES" and "DEFINITIVE 
CERTIFICATES", respectively, and collectively referred to herein as 
"DEFINITIVE SECURITIES") to Noteholders or Certificateholders or their 
respective nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) the 
related Administrator of an Owner Trust or Trustee of a Grantor Trust, as 
applicable, determines that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge 
properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities 
and such Administrator or Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor 
(and if it is an Administrator that has made such determination, such 
Administrator so notifies the Applicable Trustee in writing), (ii) the 
Administrator or Trustee, as applicable, at its option, elects to terminate 
the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event 
of Default or a Servicer Default with respect to such Securities, Security 
Owners representing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount 
of the Notes or the Certificates, as the case may be, of such series advise 
the Applicable Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a 
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) with respect to such 
Notes or Certificates is no longer in the best interest of the related 
Security Owners.

     Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding 
paragraph, DTC or the Applicable Trustee will be required to notify all 
applicable Security Owners of a given series through Participants of the 
availability of Definitive Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the 
definitive certificates representing the corresponding Securities and receipt 
of instructions for re-registration, the Applicable Trustee will reissue such 
Securities as Definitive Securities to such Security Owners.

     Distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive 
Securities will thereafter be made by the Applicable Trustee in accordance 
with the procedures set forth in the related Indenture or the related Trust 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, directly to 
holders of Definitive Securities in whose names the Definitive Securities 
were registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date 
specified for such Securities in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Such 
distributions will be made by check mailed to the address of such holder as 
it appears on the register maintained by the Applicable Trustee.  The final 
payment on any such Definitive Security, however, will be made only upon 
presentation and surrender of such Definitive Security at the office or 
agency specified in the notice of final distribution to the applicable 
Securityholders.

     Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the 
offices of the Applicable Trustee or of a registrar named in a notice 
delivered to holders of Definitive Securities.  No service charge will be 
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Applicable 
Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other 
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     With respect to each series of Securities that includes Notes, on or 
prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the 
related Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related 
Noteholders on such Distribution Date, and on or prior to each Distribution 
Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the related Trustee a 
statement to be delivered to the related Certificateholders.  With respect to 
each series of Securities, each such statement to be delivered to Noteholders 
will include (to the extent applicable) the following information (and any 
other information so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) as to 
the Notes of such series with respect to such Distribution Date or the period 
since the previous Distribution Date, as applicable, and each such statement 
to be delivered to Certificateholders will include (to the extent applicable) 
the following information (and any other information so specified in such 
Prospectus Supplement) as to the Certificates of such series with respect to 
such Distribution Date or the period since the previous Distribution Date, as 
applicable:

          (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of each
     class of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of such
     Certificates;

                                       34
<PAGE>

          (ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities of such series;

          (iii) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
     the preceding Due Period;

          (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the Note Pool
     Factor for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
     Certificate Pool Factor for each class of such Certificates, each as of the
     related record date;

          (v) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect
     to the related Due Period or Due Periods, as the case may be;

          (vi) the Interest Rate or Pass-Through Rate for the next period for
     any class of Notes or Certificates of such series with variable or
     adjustable rates;

          (vii) the amount of the aggregate realized losses, if any, for the
     related Due Period;

          (viii) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
     Principal Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders' Interest Carryover
     Shortfall and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall (each
     such term, if applicable, as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement),
     if any, in each case as applicable to each class of Securities, and the
     change in such amounts from the preceding statement;

          (ix) the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Contracts, if any, that were
     repurchased in the related Due Period;

          (x) the balance of the Reserve Fund (if any) on such date, after
     giving effect to changes therein on such date;

          (xi) for each such date during the Funding Period (if any), the
     remaining Pre-Funded Amount; 

          (xii) for the first such date that is on or immediately following the
     end of the Funding Period (if any), the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded
     Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Contracts
     and is being passed through as payments of principal on the Securities of
     such series;

          (xiii) for each such date during the Revolving Period (if any), the
     remaining amount in the Collateral Reinvestment Account; and

          (xiv) for the first such date that is on or immediately following the
     end of the Revolving Period (if any), the amount remaining in the
     Collateral Reinvestment Account that has not been used to fund the purchase
     of Subsequent Contracts and is being passed through as payments of
     principal on the Securities of such series.

     Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the Applicable Trustee
will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year has been a
registered Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment
thereon a statement containing certain information for the purposes of such
Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns.  See "FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSEQUENCES".

LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS

     With respect to the Notes of any series, three or more holders of the Notes
of such series may, by written request to the related Indenture Trustee, obtain
access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by such Indenture Trustee for
the purpose of communicating with other Noteholders with respect to their rights
under the related 

                                       35
<PAGE>

Indenture or under such Notes.  Such Indenture Trustee may elect not to 
afford the requesting Noteholders access to the list of Noteholders if it 
agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy, on behalf of and at the 
expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders of such series.

     With respect to the Certificates of any series, three or more holders of 
the Certificates of such series or one or more holders of such Certificates 
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance of such Certificates 
may, by written request to the related Trustee, obtain access to the list of 
all Certificateholders maintained by such Trustee for the purpose of 
communicating with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights 
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under 
such Certificates.

                   DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENTS

     On the Closing Date specified with respect to any given Trust in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, the Company as Seller will transfer and assign 
to the applicable Trust, pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement, its 
entire interest in the Initial Contracts, including its security interests in 
the related Motorcycles.  Each such Contract will be identified in a schedule 
appearing as an exhibit to such Transfer and Sale Agreement (a "SCHEDULE OF 
CONTRACTS").   The Seller will make certain representations and warranties in 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement with respect to each Contract, including that 
(references to the Closing Date below being deemed, in respect of Subsequent 
Contracts, to refer to the related Subsequent Transfer Date):  (a) as of the 
related Cutoff Date the most recent scheduled payment was made or was not 
delinquent more than 30 days and, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, all 
payments on the Contract were made by the Obligor of the Contract; (b) as of 
the Closing Date no provision of a Contract has been waived, altered or 
modified in any respect, except by instruments or documents relating to the 
Contract and contained in the files maintained in connection therewith; (c) 
each Contract is a genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the 
Obligor and is enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be 
limited by laws affecting creditors' rights generally); (d) as of the Closing 
Date no Contract is subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim 
or defense; (e) as of the Closing Date each Motorcycle securing a Contract is 
covered by certain insurance policies described under "-- INDIVIDUAL 
MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE" below;  (f) each Contract was originated by a Dealer in 
the ordinary course of such Dealer's business which Dealer had all necessary 
licenses and permits to originate the Contracts in the state where such 
Dealer was located, was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto 
and was sold by such Dealer to the Seller without any fraud or 
misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer; (g) no Contract was originated 
in or is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the 
transfer, sale and assignment of the Contract unlawful, void or voidable; (h) 
each Contract and each sale of the related Motorcycle complies with all 
requirements of any applicable federal, state or local law and regulations 
thereunder, including, without limitation, usury, truth in lending, motor 
vehicle installment loan and equal credit opportunity laws, with such 
compliance not being affected by the Trust Depositor's conveyance and 
assignment of the Contracts to the Trust, or the Trust's pledge of the 
Contracts to the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and  the Seller will 
maintain in its possession, available for inspection by or delivery to the 
Trust Depositor and the Applicable Trustee, evidence of compliance with all 
such requirements; (i) as of the Closing Date no Contract has been satisfied, 
subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded and the Motorcycle securing the 
Contract has not been released from the lien of the Contract in whole or in 
part; (j) each Contract creates a valid, subsisting and enforceable first 
priority security interest in favor of the Seller in the Motorcycle covered 
thereby; such security interest has been conveyed and assigned by the Seller 
to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and, if 
applicable, pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee; the Seller's lien 
is recorded on the original certificate of title, certificate of lien or 
other notification (the "LIEN CERTIFICATE") issued by the body responsible 
for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title relating 
to, motor vehicles and liens thereon (the "REGISTRAR OF TITLES") of the 
applicable state to a secured party which indicates the lien of the secured 
party on the Motorcycle; and the original certificate of title for each 
Motorcycle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being 
applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the Lien Certificate will be 
received within 180 days of the Closing Date and will show, the Seller as 
original secured party under each Contract and as the holder of a first 
priority security interest in such Motorcycle (and with respect to each 
Contract for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the 
Registrar of Titles, the Seller has received written evidence from the 
related dealer that such Lien Certificate showing the Seller as lienholder 
has been applied for) and the Seller's security interest has been validly 
assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to 
the Trust and (if 

                                       36
<PAGE>

applicable) pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee, in order that 
immediately after the sale, each Contract will be secured by an enforceable 
and perfected first priority security interest in the Motorcycle in favor of 
the Applicable Trustee as secured party, which security interest is prior to 
all other liens upon and security interests in such Motorcycle which now 
exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any 
lien for taxes, labor, materials or any state law enforcement agency 
affecting a Motorcycle which may arise after such sale); (k) all parties to 
each Contract had capacity to execute such Contract; (l) no Contract has been 
sold, conveyed and assigned or pledged to any other person other than the 
Trust Depositor, as transferee of the Seller, the Trust as transferee of the 
Trust Depositor or the Indenture Trustee as pledgee of the Trust, and prior 
to the transfer of the Contract to the Trust Depositor the Seller has good 
and marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any encumbrance, 
equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and as of the 
Closing Date the Applicable Trustee will have a first priority perfected 
security interest therein; (m) as of the related Cutoff Date there was no 
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under any 
Contract (except for payment delinquencies permitted by clause (a) above), no 
event which with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period would 
constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration 
under such Contract, and the Seller has not waived any of the foregoing; (n) 
as of the Closing Date there are, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, no 
liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or materials affecting 
a motorcycle securing a Contract, which are or may be liens prior or equal to 
the lien of the Contract; (o) each Contract has a fixed rate of interest and 
provides for monthly payments of principal and interest which, if timely 
made, would fully amortize the loan on a simple interest basis over its term; 
(p) each Contract contains customary and enforceable provisions such as to 
render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization 
against the collateral of the benefits of the security; (q) the description 
of each Contract set forth in the list delivered to the Applicable Trustee, 
is true and correct, and (r) there is only one original of each Contract.  
The Seller will also make certain representations and warranties with respect 
to the Contracts in the aggregate, including that (i) the aggregate principal 
amount payable by the Obligors as of the Initial Cutoff Date (plus the 
Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date) equals the sum of the initial 
principal amount of the Notes and the Initial Certificate Principal Balance, 
and each Initial Contract has a minimum contractual rate of interest, (ii)  
all Motorcycles securing the Contracts are Harley-Davidson or Buell 
Motorcycles or Motorcycles of Other Manufacturers, (iii) a minimum percentage 
of the aggregate principal balance of the Initial Contracts is attributable 
to loans to purchase new Motorcycles and a maximum percentage of the 
aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts is attributable to loans 
to purchase used Motorcycles, (iv) no Initial Contract has a remaining 
maturity of more than 72 months, and (v) no adverse selection procedures were 
or will be employed in selecting the Contracts from the Seller's portfolio. 

     Under the Transfer and Sale Agreements, the Seller will agree that in 
the event of a breach of any such representations and warranties made by the 
Seller that materially and adversely affects the Applicable Trustees' 
interest in any Contract the Seller will repurchase such Contract not later 
than two days prior to the first Determination Date (as defined herein) after 
the Seller becomes aware of such breach at a price (the "PURCHASE AMOUNT") 
equal to the outstanding principal balance on such Contract, plus accrued 
interest thereon through the most recently ended Due Period, unless such 
breach is cured.  Under either the Sale and Servicing Agreements or the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreements, as applicable, the Trust Depositor will 
assign all of its right, title and interest in such representations and 
warranties (including the Seller's repurchase obligations) to the Trustee or 
the Owner Trust, as applicable.  Under the Indenture, if any, the Trust will 
pledge its right, title and interest in such representations and warranties 
to the Indenture Trustee.  The Seller is selling the Contracts without 
recourse and, accordingly, will have no obligation with respect to the 
Contracts other than pursuant to such representations, warranties and 
repurchase obligations.  The repurchase obligations of the Seller described 
above will constitute the sole remedy against the Seller by the Trust and the 
Securityholders for a breach of any such representations and warranties made 
by the Seller.

                 DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
                           POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

     The following summary describes certain terms of (i) each Sale and
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement pursuant to which a Trust
will purchase Contracts and other Trust Property from the Trust Depositor and
the Servicer will agree to service such Contracts, (ii) each Trust Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing 

                                       37
<PAGE>

Agreement, as applicable, pursuant to which a Trust will be created and 
Certificates will be issued and (iii) each Administration Agreement pursuant 
to which the Company will undertake certain administrative duties with 
respect to an Owner Trust that issues Notes (collectively, the "SALE AND 
SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS").  Forms of the 
Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements have been 
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus 
forms a part.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS

     The Applicable Trustee will, concurrently with such transfer and 
assignment, execute and deliver the related Notes and/or Certificates.  
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the net 
proceeds received from the sale of the Certificates and the Notes of a given 
series will be applied to the purchase of the related Initial Contracts and 
other Trust Property from the Trust Depositor and, to the extent specified in 
such Prospectus Supplement, to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount into the 
Pre-Funding Account and the initial deposit into the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account.  The related Prospectus Supplement for a given Trust will specify 
whether, and the terms, conditions and manner under which, Subsequent 
Contracts will be sold by the Trust Depositor to the applicable Trust from 
time to time during any Funding Period or Revolving Period on each Subsequent 
Transfer Date as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     In each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
the Trust Depositor will represent and warrant to the applicable Trust, among 
other things, that: (i) the information provided in the related Schedule of 
Contracts is correct in all material respects as of the applicable Cutoff 
Date; (ii) the Obligor on each related Contract is required to maintain 
physical damage insurance covering the Motorcycle in accordance with the 
Trust Depositor's normal requirements; (iii) as of the applicable Closing 
Date or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, to the best of its 
knowledge, the related Contracts are free and clear of all security 
interests, liens, charges and encumbrances and no offsets, defenses or 
counterclaims have been asserted or threatened; (iv) as of the Closing Date 
or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Contracts is 
or will be secured by a first priority perfected security interest in favor 
of the Trust Depositor in the Motorcycle; and (v) each related Contract, at 
the time it was originated, complied and, as of the Closing Date or the 
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, complies in all material 
respects with applicable federal and state laws, including, without 
limitation, consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and 
disclosure laws; and the Trust Depositor will make any other representations 
and warranties that may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  
Such representations and warranties will be concurrently made by the Seller 
under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement, and the Seller has agreed to 
repurchase Contracts adversely affected by the incorrectness of such 
representations and warranties, in the manner described in "Description of 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement" above.

     Pursuant to each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, to assure uniform quality in servicing the Contracts and to reduce 
administrative costs, the Trust Depositor and each Trust will designate the 
Servicer as custodian to maintain possession, as such Trust's agent, of the 
related motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and installment loans 
and any other documents relating to the Contracts.  The Trust Depositor's and 
the Servicer's accounting records and computer systems will reflect the sale 
and assignment of the related Contracts to the applicable Trust, and UCC 
financing statements reflecting such sale and assignment will be filed.

ACCOUNTS

     With respect to Owner Trusts that issue Notes, the Servicer will 
establish and maintain with the related Indenture Trustee one or more 
accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related 
Noteholders and Certificateholders, into which all payments made on or with 
respect to the related Contracts will be deposited (the "COLLECTION 
ACCOUNT").  The Servicer will establish and maintain with such Indenture 
Trustee an account, in the name of such Indenture Trustee on behalf of such 
Noteholders, into which amounts released from the Collection Account and any 
Pre-Funding Account, Collateral Reinvestment Account, Reserve Fund or other 
credit enhancement for payment to such Noteholders will be deposited and from 
which all distributions to such Noteholders will be made (the "NOTE 
DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT").  With respect to each Owner Trust or Grantor Trust, 
the 

                                       38
<PAGE>

Servicer will establish and maintain with the related Trustee an account, 
in the name of such Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders of such 
Trust, into which amounts released from the Collection Account and any 
Pre-Funding Account, any Collateral Reinvestment Account, Reserve Fund or 
other credit or cash flow enhancement for distribution to such 
Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all distributions to such 
Certificateholders will be made (the "CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"). 
With respect to each Grantor Trust or each Owner Trust that does not issue 
Notes, the Servicer will also establish and maintain the Collection Account 
and any other Trust Account (as defined herein) in the name of the related 
Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders.

     If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Depositor 
will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related 
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related Securityholders, into which the 
Trust Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing 
Date.  The Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 40% of the initial aggregate 
principal amount of the Notes and Certificates of the related series.  In 
addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust 
Depositor will establish and maintain a Collateral Reinvestment Account, in 
the name of the related Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related 
Securityholders, into which the Trust Depositor will deposit the amount, if 
any, specified in such Prospectus Supplement.  During the Revolving Period, 
principal will not be distributed on the Securities of the related series, 
and principal collections, together with (if and to the extent described in 
the related Prospectus Supplement) interest collections on the Contracts that 
are in excess of amounts required to be distributed therefrom, will be 
deposited from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment Account.  The 
Pre-Funded Amount and the amounts on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account will be used by the related Indenture Trustee to purchase Subsequent 
Contracts from the Trust Depositor from time to time during the Funding 
Period and Revolving Period, respectively.  See "THE CONTRACTS -- GENERAL" 
and "RISK FACTORS -- SALES OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS AND EFFECT ON POOL 
CHARACTERISTICS."  The amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during 
the Funding Period and the amount on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account will be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible Investments.  
Any Investment Income received on the Eligible Investments during a Due 
Period will be included in the interest distribution amount on the following 
Distribution Date.  The Funding Period or Revolving Period, if any, for a 
Trust will begin on the related Closing Date and will end on the date 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, which, in the case of the 
Funding Period, in no event will be later than the date that is one year 
after such Closing Date.  Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at 
the end of the Funding Period or in the Collateral Reinvestment Account at 
the end of the Revolving Period will be distributed to the related 
Securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related Securities.

     Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including 
any Reserve Fund, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     For any series of Securities, funds in the Collection Account, the Note 
Distribution Account, if any, any Pre-Funding Account, any Collateral 
Reinvestment Account, any Reserve Fund and other accounts identified as such 
in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the "TRUST ACCOUNTS") and 
the Certificate Distribution Account will be invested as provided in the 
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement in 
Eligible Investments.  "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" means any one or more of the 
following types of investments:  (a) (i) direct interest-bearing obligations 
of, and interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of 
principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality 
of the United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith 
and credit of the United States; and (ii) direct interest-bearing obligations 
of, and interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of 
principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of 
investment, such obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each 
Rating Agency; and (b) demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit 
of, or bankers' acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust 
company organized under the laws of the United States or any State and 
subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking 
authorities (including, if applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the 
Trustee acting in their respective commercial capacities); PROVIDED that the 
short-term unsecured debt obligations of such depositary institution or trust 
company at the time of such investment, or contractual commitment providing 
for such investment, are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating 
Agency. Except as described below or in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
Eligible Investments are limited to obligations or securities that mature on 
or before the date of the next distribution for such series.

                                       39
<PAGE>

However, to the extent permitted by the Rating Agencies, funds in any Reserve 
Fund may be invested in securities that will not mature prior to the date of 
the next distribution with respect to such Certificates or Notes and will not 
be sold to meet any shortfalls.  Thus, the amount of cash in any Reserve Fund 
at any time may be less than the balance of the Reserve Fund.  If the amount 
required to be withdrawn from any Reserve Fund to cover shortfalls in 
collections on the related Contracts (as provided in the related Prospectus 
Supplement) exceeds the amount of cash in the Reserve Fund, a temporary 
shortfall in the amounts distributed to the related Noteholders or 
Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn, increase the average 
life of the Notes or the Certificates of such series.  Except as otherwise 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, investment earnings on funds 
deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment expenses 
(collectively, "INVESTMENT EARNINGS"), shall be deposited in the applicable 
Collection Account on each Distribution Date and shall be treated as 
collections of interest on the related Contracts.

     The Trust Accounts will be maintained as Eligible Deposit Accounts. 
"ELIGIBLE DEPOSIT ACCOUNT" means a segregated direct deposit account 
maintained with a depository institution or trust company organized under the 
laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the 
District of Columbia having a certificate of deposit, short-term deposit or 
commercial paper rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor's Ratings 
Services and P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. 

SERVICING PROCEDURES

     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due 
with respect to the Contracts held by any Trust and will, consistent with the 
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to comparable 
motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and installment loans it 
services for itself or others.  The Servicer's collection efforts include 
having personnel call a delinquent Obligor every third day in the event such 
Obligor is twelve to less than sixty days delinquent, every other day in the 
event the Obligor is greater than sixty days delinquent and every day in the 
event the Obligor is greater than ninety days delinquent.  The Servicer's 
general approach is to restructure a delinquent loan as opposed to 
repossessing the associated Motorcycle; however, the Servicer's approach with 
respect to a specific Obligor is affected by the Obligor's responsiveness and 
attitude.  Consistent with this approach, the Servicer may, in its 
discretion, arrange with the Obligor on a Contract to extend or modify the 
payment schedule, but no such arrangement will, for purposes of any Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, modify the original 
due dates or the amount of the scheduled payments or extend the final payment 
date of any Contract beyond the last day of the Due Period relating to the 
latest maturity date (as specified with respect to the pool of Contracts in 
the related Prospectus Supplement).  Some of such arrangements may result in 
the Servicer purchasing the Contract for the Purchase Amount, while others 
may result in the Servicer making Advances.  The Servicer may sell the 
Motorcycle securing the respective Contract at public or private sale, or 
take any other action permitted by applicable law.  See "CERTAIN LEGAL 
ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a "BACKUP 
SERVICER" may be appointed and assigned certain oversight servicing 
responsibilities with respect to the Contracts.  The identity of any backup 
servicer, as well as a description of its responsibilities, of any fees 
payable to such backup servicer and the source of payment of such fees, will 
be included in the related Prospectus Supplement.

COLLECTIONS

     With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on 
the related Contracts (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such 
Contracts collected during each collection period specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement (each, a "DUE PERIOD") into the related Collection 
Account within two business days after receipt thereof.

                                       40
<PAGE>

ADVANCES

     The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to 
accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with 
respect to the related Due Period, but only to the extent that the Servicer 
believes that the amount of such Advance will be recoverable from collections 
on the Contracts. The Servicer will deposit any Advances in the Collection 
Account no later than the day preceding the Distribution Date.  The Servicer 
will be entitled to recoup Advances on a Contract by means of a high priority 
withdrawal from the sum of the interest and principal available for 
distribution as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement on any 
Distribution Date.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to 
any Trust, the Servicer will be entitled to receive a servicing fee for each 
Due Period in an amount equal to specified percentage per annum (as set forth 
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "SERVICING FEE RATE") of the Pool 
Balance as of the first day of the related Due Period (the "SERVICING FEE").  
The Servicing Fee (together with any portion of the Servicing Fee that 
remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) will be paid solely to the 
extent of the Available Interest (as defined in the related Prospectus 
Supplement).  However, the Servicing Fee will be paid prior to the 
distribution of any portion of the Available Interest to the Noteholders or 
the Certificateholders of the given series.

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement with 
respect to a given Trust, the Servicer will also collect and retain any late 
fees, prepayment charges and other administrative fees or similar charges 
allowed by applicable law with respect to the related Contracts and will be 
entitled to reimbursement from such Trust for certain liabilities.  Payments 
by or on behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late 
fees and other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and 
procedures.

     The Servicing Fee will compensate the Servicer for performing the 
functions of a third party servicer of motorcycle Contracts as an agent for 
their beneficial owner, including collecting and posting all payments, 
responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Contracts, investigating 
delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting tax information 
to Obligors, paying costs of collections and disposition of defaults and 
policing the collateral.  The Servicing Fee also will compensate the Servicer 
for performing additional administrative services on behalf of a given Trust, 
including making Advances, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly 
and annual statements to the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee with 
respect to distributions and generating federal income tax information for 
such Trust and for the related Noteholders and Certificateholders.  The 
Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, the fees of 
the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if any, accounting fees, outside 
auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs incurred in connection 
with administering the Contracts relating to such Trust.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Distribution 
Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of 
principal and interest (or, where applicable, of principal or interest only) 
on each class of such Securities entitled thereto will be made by the 
Applicable Trustee to the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of such 
series.  The timing, calculation, allocation, order, source and priorities 
of, and the requirements for, all payments to the holders of each class of 
Notes, if any, and all distributions to the holders of each class of 
Certificates of such series will be set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.

     With respect to each Trust, on each Distribution Date, collections on 
the related Contracts will be transferred from the Collection Account to the 
Note Distribution Account, if any, and the Certificate Distribution Account 
for distribution to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders to the extent 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Credit enhancement, such as a 
Reserve Fund, will be available to cover any shortfalls in the amount 
available for distribution on such date to the extent specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement.  As more fully described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, and unless otherwise specified therein, distributions 
in respect

                                       41
<PAGE>

of principal of a class of Securities of a given series will be subordinated 
to distributions in respect of interest on such class, and distributions in 
respect of one or more classes of Certificates of such series may be 
subordinated to payments in respect of Notes, if any, of such series or to 
distributions in respect of other classes of Certificates of such series. 
Distributions of principal on the Securities of a series may be based on the 
amount of principal collected or due, or the amount of realized losses 
incurred, in a Due Period.

CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT

     The amounts and types of credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements, 
if any, and the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class 
of Securities of a given series will be set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.  If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, credit and cash flow enhancement may be in the form of 
subordination of one or more classes of Securities, Reserve Funds, spread 
accounts, overcollateralization, letters of credit, credit or liquidity 
facilities, surety bonds, insurance policies, guaranteed investment 
contracts, swaps or other interest rate protection agreements, repurchase 
obligations, yield supplement agreements, other agreements with respect to 
third party payments or other support, cash deposits or such other 
arrangements as may be described in such Prospectus Supplement, or any 
combination of two or more of the foregoing.  If specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash flow enhancement for a class of 
Securities may cover one or more other classes of Securities of the same 
series, and credit or cash flow enhancement for a series of Securities may 
cover one or more other series of Securities.

     The presence of a Reserve Fund and other forms of credit enhancement for 
the benefit of any class or series of Securities is intended to enhance the 
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of such class or series of the 
full amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the 
likelihood that such Securityholders will experience losses. The credit 
enhancement for a class or series of Securities will not provide protection 
against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire 
principal balance and interest thereon.  If losses occur which exceed the 
amount covered by any credit enhancement or which are not covered by any 
credit enhancement, Securityholders of any class or series will bear their 
allocable share of deficiencies, as described in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.  In addition, if a form of credit enhancement covers more than 
one series of Securities, Securityholders of any such series will be subject 
to the risk that such credit enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of 
Securityholders of other series.

     RESERVE FUND.  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will establish for a series or class of 
Securities an account, as specified in such Prospectus Supplement (the 
"RESERVE FUND"), which will be maintained with the related Trustee or 
Indenture Trustee, as applicable.  Unless otherwise provided in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the Reserve Fund will be funded by an initial deposit 
by the Trust Depositor on the Closing Date in the amount set forth in such 
Prospectus Supplement and, if the related series has a Funding Period, will 
also be further funded on each Subsequent Transfer Date to the extent 
described in such Prospectus Supplement. As further described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be 
increased on each Distribution Date thereafter up to the Specified Reserve 
Fund Balance (as defined in such Prospectus Supplement) by the deposit 
therein of the amount of collections on the related Contracts remaining on 
each such Distribution Date after the payment of all other required payments 
and distributions on such date.  The related Prospectus Supplement will 
describe the circumstances and the manner under which distributions may be 
made out of the Reserve Fund, either to holders of the Securities covered 
thereby or to the Trust Depositor or to any other entity.

NET DEPOSITS

     If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement as an 
administrative convenience, unless the Servicer is required to remit 
collections daily (see "--COLLECTIONS" above), the Servicer will be permitted 
to make the deposit of collections, aggregate Advances and Purchase Amounts 
for any Trust for or with respect to the related Due Period net of 
distributions to be made to the Servicer for such Trust with respect to such 
Due Period.  The Servicer, however, will account to the Applicable Trustee,  
the Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders with respect to each 
Trust as if all deposits, distributions and transfers were made individually. 
With respect to any Trust that issues 

                                       42
<PAGE>

both Certificates and Notes, if the related Distribution Dates do not 
coincide with Distribution Dates, all distributions, deposits or other 
remittances made on a Distribution Date will be treated as having been 
distributed, deposited or remitted on the Distribution Date for the 
applicable Due Period for purposes of determining other amounts required to 
be distributed, deposited or otherwise remitted on such Distribution Date.

STATEMENTS TO THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE

     Prior to each Distribution Date with respect to each series of 
Securities, the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if 
any, and the applicable Trustee as of the close of business on the last day 
of the preceding Due Period a statement setting forth substantially the same 
information as is required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to 
Securityholders of such series described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING 
THE SECURITIES -- REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS".

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
will provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish 
annually to the related Trust and Applicable Trustee a statement to the 
effect that such firm has audited the financial statements of Eaglemark 
Financial and issued its report thereon and that such audit: (i) included an 
examination of selected documents and records relating to the servicing of 
Contracts, (ii) included an examination of delinquency and loss statistics 
relating to Eaglemark's portfolio of Contracts and (iii) except as described 
in the statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating 
to the Contracts serviced.

     Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
will also provide for delivery to the related Trust and the Applicable 
Trustee, substantially simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants' 
statement referred to above, of a certificate signed by an officer of the 
Servicer stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as 
applicable, throughout the preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the 
first such certificate, from the applicable Closing Date) or, if there has 
been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, describing each 
such default.  The Servicer has agreed to give each Applicable Trustee notice 
of certain Servicer Defaults under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement 
or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

     Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by 
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
will provide that the Servicer will exercise that degree of skill and care 
consistent with the skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect 
to similar contracts serviced by the Servicer, and, in any event no less 
degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of 
motorcycle conditional sales contracts.  The Servicer is under no obligation 
to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to 
the Servicer's servicing responsibilities under such Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may 
cause it to incur any expense or liability.

     Under the circumstances specified in each Sale and Servicing Agreement 
and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any entity into which the Servicer may 
be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or 
consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any entity succeeding to 
the business of the Servicer or, with respect to its obligations as Servicer, 
any corporation 50% or more of the voting stock of which is owned, directly 
or indirectly, by the Company, which corporation or other entity in each of 
the foregoing cases assumes the obligations of the Servicer, will be the 
successor of the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement.

                                       43

<PAGE>

     Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer may appoint a subservicer to perform all or any portion
of its obligations as Servicer; however, in the event that the Servicer does
appoint any such subservicer, the Servicer will remain obligated and liable to
the related Applicable Trustee and Securityholders for servicing and
administering the Contracts and will also be responsible for any fees and
expenses of the subservicer.

SERVICER DEFAULT

     A "SERVICER DEFAULT" under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement will include: (i) any failure by the Servicer to make 
any payment or deposit required to be made under the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Transfer and Sale Agreement, 
which failure continues to be unremedied for four business days after the 
date on which such payment or deposit was due; (ii) any failure by the 
Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other 
covenant or agreement in such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement or Transfer and Sale Agreement, which failure materially 
and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders 
of the related series and which continues unremedied for 30 days after the 
date on which such failure commences; and (iii) the occurrence of an 
Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer. "INSOLVENCY EVENT" means, with 
respect to any person, any of the following events or actions: certain events 
of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or 
similar proceedings with respect to such person and certain actions by such 
person indicating its insolvency, reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy 
proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.

RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT

     In the case of Owner Trusts that issue Notes, unless otherwise provided 
in the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as a Servicer Default under a 
Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains 
unremedied, (i) the related Indenture Trustee or (ii) the holders of Notes of 
the related series evidencing more than 50% of the principal amount of the 
Notes then outstanding and Certificateholders with aggregate fractional 
interests representing more than 50% of the Trust may terminate all the 
rights and obligations of the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing 
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture 
Trustee or a successor servicer appointed by such Indenture Trustee will 
succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer 
under such Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement 
and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.  In the case of 
any Grantor Trust or any Owner Trust that does not issue Notes, unless 
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as a 
Servicer Default under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains 
unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates of the related 
series evidencing not less than 25% of the principal amount of such 
Certificates then outstanding may terminate all the rights and obligations of 
the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such 
Trustee or a successor servicer appointed by such Trustee will succeed to all 
the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation 
arrangements.  If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar official has been 
appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than such 
appointment has occurred, such trustee or official may have the power to 
prevent any such Indenture Trustee, Noteholders, Trustee or 
Certificateholders from effecting a transfer of servicing.  In the event that 
such Indenture Trustee or Trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may 
appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment 
of, a successor with a net worth of at least $100,000,000 (or such other 
amount as is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) and whose 
regular business includes the servicing of motor vehicle contracts.  Such 
Indenture Trustee or Trustee may make such arrangements for compensation to 
be paid, which in no event may be greater than the servicing compensation to 
the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement.

AMENDMENT

     Each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto, without the consent of the 
related Noteholders or Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any 
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions 
of such Sale and Servicing Agreement 

                                       44
<PAGE>

and Pooling and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights 
of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; PROVIDED that such action will 
not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee or 
Indenture Trustee, as applicable, materially and adversely affect the 
interest of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement may 
also be amended by the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the related Trustee and 
any related Indenture Trustee with the consent of the holders of Notes 
evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes, 
if any, of the related series and the holders of the Certificates of such 
series evidencing at least a majority of the principal amount of such 
Certificates then outstanding, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or 
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreements or of modifying in 
any manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that no such amendment may (i) increase or reduce in any manner the 
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on 
the related Contracts or distributions that are required to be made for the 
benefit of such Noteholders or Certificateholders or (ii) reduce the 
aforesaid percentage of the Notes or Certificates of such series which are 
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders 
of all the outstanding Notes or Certificates, as the case may be, of such 
series.

     Each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto at the direction of the 
Company or Servicer without the consent of any of the Securityholders to add, 
modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order 
to enable all or a portion of a Trust to qualify as, and to permit an 
election to be made to cause all or a portion of a Trust to be treated as, a  
"FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIZATION INVESTMENT TRUST" as described in the 
provisions of the "SMALL BUSINESS JOB PROTECTION ACT OF 1996," H.R. 3448, and 
in connection with any such election, to modify or eliminate existing 
provisions of a Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement relating to the intended federal income tax treatment of the 
Securities and the related Trust in the absence of the election.  See 
"FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--TAX TREATMENT OF A FASIT." It is a 
condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency will have notified 
the Company, the Servicer and the Applicable Trustee in writing that the 
amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any 
outstanding Securities with respect to which it is a Rating Agency and that 
the Company obtain a legal opinion from nationally recognized counsel that 
there are no adverse tax consequences for the Securityholders.

     Additionally, each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement may  be amended by the parties thereto at the direction 
of the Seller or Servicer without the consent of any of the Securityholders  
to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable 
in order to enable (a) the transfer to the Trust of all or any portion of the 
Contracts to be derecognized under generally accepted accounting principles 
("GAAP") by the Seller to the applicable Trust, (b) the applicable Trust to 
avoid becoming a member of the Seller's consolidated group under GAAP, or (c) 
the Seller or any of its affiliates to otherwise comply with or obtain more 
favorable treatment under any law or regulation or any accounting rule or 
principle;  provided, however, that it is a condition to any such amendment 
that (x) the Seller delivers an officer's certificate to the related Trustee 
to the effect that such amendment meets the requirements set forth in this 
paragraph (y) such amendment will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of 
the rating of any outstanding series of Securities under the related Trust 
and (z) a legal opinion is obtained from nationally recognized counsel that 
such modification is in conformity with either the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

     With respect to any Owner Trust that issues Notes, if an Insolvency 
Event (as defined in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement) occurs with 
respect to the Trust Depositor, the related Contracts of such Trust will be 
liquidated and the Trust will be terminated 90 days after the date of such 
Insolvency Event, unless, before the end of such 90-day period, the related 
Trustee shall have received written instructions from (i) holders of each 
class of Certificates (excluding any Certificates held by the Trust 
Depositor) with respect to such Trust representing more than 50% of the 
aggregate unpaid principal amount of each such class (not including the 
principal amount of such 

                                       45
<PAGE>

Certificates held by the Trust Depositor) and (ii) holders of each class of 
Notes, if any, with respect to such Trust representing more than 50% of the 
aggregate unpaid principal amount of each such class, to the effect that each 
such party disapproves of the liquidation of such Contracts and termination 
of such Trust. Promptly after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with 
respect to the Trust Depositor, notice thereof is required to be given to the 
related Securityholders; PROVIDED that any failure to give such required 
notice will not prevent or delay termination of such Trust.  Upon termination 
of any Trust, the related Trustee shall, or shall direct the related 
Indenture Trustee to, promptly sell the assets of such Trust (other than the 
Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account) in a commercially 
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms.  The proceeds from 
any such sale, disposition or liquidation of the Contracts of such Trust will 
be treated as collections on such Contracts and deposited in the related 
Collection Account.  With respect to any Trust, if the proceeds from the 
liquidation of the related Contracts and any amounts on deposit in the 
Reserve Fund (if any), the Note Distribution Account (if any) and the 
Certificate Distribution Account are not sufficient to pay in full the Notes, 
if any, and the Certificates of the related series, the amount of principal 
returned to Noteholders and Certificateholders thereof will be reduced and 
some or all of such Noteholders and Certificateholders will incur a loss.

     Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable Trustee does not 
have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect 
to the related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all 
Certificateholders (including the Trust Depositor) of such Trust and the 
delivery to such Trustee by each such Certificateholder (including the Trust 
Depositor) of a certificate certifying that such Certificateholder reasonably 
believes that such Trust is insolvent.

PAYMENT OF NOTES

     Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and 
the satisfaction and discharge of the related Indenture, the related Trustee 
will succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the 
Certificateholders of such series will succeed to all the rights of the 
Noteholders of such series, under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise provided therein.

TRUST DEPOSITOR LIABILITY

     In the case of each Owner Trust that issues Notes, under each Trust 
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will agree to be liable directly to an injured 
party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities 
(other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Certificateholder in the 
capacity of an investor with respect to such Owner Trust) arising out of or 
based on the arrangement created by such Trust Agreement as though such 
arrangement created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited 
Partnership Act in which the Trust Depositor was a general partner.

TERMINATION

     With respect to each Trust, the obligations of the Servicer, the Trust 
Depositor, the related Trustee and the related Indenture Trustee, if any, 
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing 
Agreements will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or 
other liquidation of the last related Contract and the disposition of any 
amounts received upon liquidation of any such remaining Contracts, (ii) the 
payment to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders of the related series 
of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements and (iii) the occurrence of 
the event described in the immediately following paragraph.

     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in order 
to avoid excessive administrative expense, the Seller through the Trust 
Depositor will be permitted at its option to purchase from each Trust, as of 
the end of any applicable Due Period, if the then outstanding Pool Balance 
with respect to the Contracts held by such Trust is 10% or less of the 
Initial Pool Balance (as defined in such Prospectus Supplement, the "INITIAL 
POOL BALANCE"), all remaining related Contracts at a price equal to the 
aggregate of the Purchase Amounts thereof as of the end of such Due Period.

                                       46
<PAGE>

     As and to the extent in the related Prospectus Supplement, outstanding 
Notes (or any class of Notes) of the related series may be redeemed 
concurrently with the event specified above, and the subsequent distribution 
to the related Securityholders of all amounts required to be distributed to 
them pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Indenture will effect 
early retirement of the Securities of such series.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     The Company, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the 
"ADMINISTRATOR"), will enter into an agreement (an "ADMINISTRATION 
AGREEMENT") with each Owner Trust that issues Notes and the related Indenture 
Trustee pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent 
provided in such Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to 
perform other administrative obligations required by the related Indenture.  
As compensation for the performance of the Administrator's obligations under 
the applicable Administration Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses 
related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly 
administration fee (the "ADMINISTRATION FEE"), which fee will be paid by the 
Trust Depositor.

INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE

     The terms of each Contract require that for the life of the Contract, 
each Motorcycle is to be covered by a collision and comprehensive or 
equivalent insurance policy which covers physical damage risks, provides 
limited insurance coverage for damage to the Motorcycle, and names the Seller 
as a loss payee. The amount of insurance coverage is limited to the value of 
the Motorcycle.  In the related Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will 
warrant that all premium payments on such insurance have been paid in full 
for one year from the date of the Contracts' origination.   Pursuant to the 
Contract terms, the Servicer may "FORCE PLACE" (i.e., purchase on its own, 
with a corresponding claim for reimbursement against the Obligor to the 
extent provided in the applicable Contract) collision and comprehensive 
insurance with respect to the related Motorcycle in those situations in which 
the Obligor has not maintained the required insurance.  Currently, the 
Servicer utilizes Recreational Products Insurance Division, a division of 
Universal Underwriters Insurance Company, to "FORCE PLACE" comprehensive and 
collision insurance in 31 states in which Obligors reside.  As conveyee and 
assignee of the Contracts, the Trust will be entitled to the benefits of such 
insurance.  Following repossession of a Motorcycle by the Servicer, the 
Servicer does not maintain such insurance.  In the event the Servicer 
repossesses a Motorcycle on behalf of the Trust, the Servicer will act as 
self-insurer for any damage to such motorcycle until it is resold. 

                        CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

SECURITY INTEREST IN MOTORCYCLES

     The Contracts in general evidence the credit sale of new and used 
motorcycles  by Dealers to Obligors and also constitute personal property 
security agreements granting the holder of such Contract a security interest 
in the Motorcycles under the applicable UCC.  Perfection of security 
interests in the Motorcycles is generally governed by the motor vehicle 
registration laws of the state in which a Motorcycle is located.  In almost 
all states in which the Contracts have been originated, a security interest 
in motorcycles, automobiles, light duty trucks, vans and minivans is 
perfected by notation of the secured party's lien on the vehicle's 
certificate of title.

     All of the Contracts purchased by the Company name the Company as 
obligee (by assignment or otherwise) and as the secured party.  The Company 
also takes all actions necessary under the laws of the state in which the 
Motorcycle is located to perfect the Company's security interest in the 
Motorcycle, including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien 
recorded on such vehicle's certificate of title.

     The Company will sell its interests in Contracts and assign its security 
interests in the Motorcycles securing the Contracts to a Trust Depositor 
pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement, which Trust Depositor will, in 
turn, sell such interests and assign such security interests to the Trust 
pursuant to either a Sale and Servicing Agreements or a Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement. However, because of the administrative burden and expense, the 
certificates of title to the Motorcycles will not be amended to reflect any 
Trust Depositor or the Trust as the new secured party 

                                       47
<PAGE>

on the certificate of title relating to the Motorcycles.  Each Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, 
provides that the Servicer, as custodian, will hold any certificates of title 
and the documents and other items relating to the Motorcycles in its 
possession on behalf of the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.  

     With respect to certain limitations on the enforceability of the 
Applicable Trustees' security interest, see "RISK FACTORS -- SECURITY 
INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS".

     Under the laws of most states, the perfected security interest in a 
Motorcycle would continue for four months after such vehicle is moved to a 
state other than the state in which it is initially registered, and 
thereafter until the owner of the Motorcycle re-registers it in the new 
state.  A majority of states generally require surrender of a certificate of 
title in connection with the re-registration of a vehicle; accordingly, a 
secured party must surrender possession if it holds the certificate of title 
to the vehicle, or, in the case of a vehicle registered in a state providing 
for the notation of a lien on the certificate of title but not possession by 
the secured party, assuming no fraud or negligence, the secured party noted 
on the certificate of title would receive notice of surrender if the security 
interest is noted on the certificate of title.  Thus, the secured party would 
have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the vehicle in 
the state of relocation.  In states that do not require a certificate of 
title for registration of a motor vehicle, a re-registration could defeat 
perfection.  In the ordinary course of servicing Contracts, the Company takes 
steps to effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or 
information from the Obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an Obligor 
sells a Motorcycle, the Company must surrender possession of the certificate 
of title or will receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and, 
accordingly, will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related 
Contract before release of the lien.  Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement 
or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, the Company as Servicer is 
obligated to take appropriate steps, at its own expense, to maintain 
perfection of security interests in such Motorcycle and is obligated to 
repurchase the related Contract if it fails to do so.

     Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a motor 
vehicle, liens for unpaid storage fees and liens for unpaid taxes take 
priority over even a perfected security interest in a Motorcycle.  The 
Company will represent that, as of the date of issuance of the Securities, 
each security interest in a Motorcycle is prior to all other present liens 
upon and security interests in such Motorcycle.  However, liens for repairs, 
unpaid storage fees or taxes could arise at any time during the term of a 
Contract.  No notice will be given to the Applicable Trustee or the 
Securityholders in the event such a lien arises nor will the Company be 
obligated to repurchase the related Contract if such a lien arises after the 
Closing Date.

REPOSSESSION

     In the event of default by a Motorcycle purchaser, a holder of a retail 
installment sale contract or installment loan has all the remedies of a 
secured party under the UCC, except where specifically limited by other state 
laws. Among its UCC remedies, the secured party has the right to perform 
self-help repossession unless such act would constitute a breach of the 
peace.  Self-help is the method employed by the Company in most cases and is 
accomplished simply by retaking possession of the Motorcycle.  In the event 
of default by the Obligor, some jurisdictions require that the Obligor be 
notified of the default and be given a time period within which he or she may 
cure the default prior to repossession.  Generally, the right to cure a 
default may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year 
period.  In cases where the Obligor objects or raises a defense to 
repossession, if a Motorcycle cannot be retaken without a breach of the 
peace, or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must 
be obtained from an appropriate court, and the Motorcycle must then be 
repossessed in accordance with that order.

NOTICE OF SALES; REDEMPTION RIGHTS

     The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide the 
Obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale 
or the date after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the 
collateral may be held.  All aspects of the disposition of the collateral, 
including the method, manner, time, place and 

                                       48
<PAGE>

terms must be commercially reasonable.  The Obligor has the right to redeem 
the collateral prior to actual sale by paying the secured party the unpaid 
principal balance of the obligation plus reasonable expenses for 
repossessing, holding, and preparing the collateral for disposition and 
arranging for its sale plus, in some jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys' 
fees.  In some states the Obligor may have a post-repossession right to 
reinstate the terms of the contract or loan and redeem the collateral by the 
payment of delinquent installments and expenses incurred by the secured party 
in repossessing the collateral.

DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS

     The proceeds obtained upon repossession and resale of the Motorcycles 
generally will be applied first to the expenses of resale and repossession 
and then to the satisfaction of the indebtedness.  While some states impose 
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments if the net proceeds from 
resale do not cover the full amount of the indebtedness, a deficiency 
judgment can be sought in those states that do not prohibit or limit such 
judgments, provided that certain procedures are followed.  However, the 
deficiency judgment would be a personal judgment against the Obligor for the 
shortfall, and a defaulting Obligor can be expected to have very little 
capital or sources of income available following repossession.  Therefore, in 
many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is 
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount.

     Occasionally, after resale of collateral and payment of all expenses and 
all indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC 
requires the secured party to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with 
respect to the collateral or, if no such lienholder exists or there are 
remaining funds, the UCC requires the secured party to remit the surplus to 
the former owner of the collateral.  Certain other statutory provisions, 
including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit or 
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a 
deficiency judgment.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

     Courts have applied general equitable principles to limit and restrict 
secured parties pursuing repossession or litigation involving deficiency 
balances.  These equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an 
Obligor from some or all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of 
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process 
protection provided under the 14th Amendment of the Constitution of the 
United States.  Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC 
and related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale 
by the creditor do not involve sufficient state action to afford 
constitutional protection to consumers.

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related 
regulations impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers 
involved in consumer finance, including requirements regarding the adequate 
disclosure of loan terms (including finance charges and deemed finance 
charges) and limitations on loan terms (including the permitted finance 
charge or deemed finance charge), collection practices and creditor remedies. 
The application of these laws to particular circumstances is not always 
certain and some courts and regulatory authorities have shown a willingness 
to adopt novel interpretations of such laws.  These laws include the Truth in 
Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission 
Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair 
Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Moss-Magnuson Warranty Act, the Federal 
Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief 
Act, state adaptations of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state motor 
vehicle retail installment sales acts, retail installment sales acts, and 
other similar laws.  State laws generally impose finance charge ceilings and 
other restrictions on consumer transactions and often require contract 
disclosure in addition to those required under federal law.  These 
requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to 
comply with their provisions.  In some cases, this liability could affect an 
assignee's ability to enforce consumer finance contracts or loans such as the 
Contracts.

                                       49
<PAGE>

     Under the laws of certain states, finance charges with respect to motor 
vehicle retail installment contracts may include the additional amount, if 
any, that a purchaser pays as part of the purchase price for a motorcycle 
solely because the purchaser is buying on credit rather than for cash (a 
"CASH SALE DIFFERENTIAL").  If a Dealer charges such a cash sale 
differential, applicable finance charge ceilings could be exceeded.

     The so-called "HOLDER-IN-DUE-COURSE"  Rule of the Federal Trade 
Commission (the "FTC RULE"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated 
by the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other state laws, has the effect of 
subjecting an assignee of a seller of goods (and certain related creditors) 
to all claims and defenses that the obligor in the transaction could assert 
against the seller of the goods.  

     All of the Contracts will be subject to the requirements of the FTC 
Rule. Accordingly, the Trust, as holder of the Contracts, will be subject to 
any claims or defenses that the purchaser of the related Motorcycle may 
assert against the Dealer.  Such claims are limited to a maximum liability 
equal to the amounts actually paid by the Obligor on the Contract.  If an 
Obligor were successful in asserting any such claim or defense, such claim or 
defense would constitute a breach of the Company's representations and 
warranties under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an 
obligation of the Company to repurchase the related Contract unless the 
breach were cured.  The Trust Depositor will assign its rights under the 
related Transfer and Sale Agreement, including its right to cause the Company 
to repurchase Contracts with respect to which it is in breach of its 
representations and warranties, to the Trust pursuant to either the related 
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  See 
"DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND POOLING AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS -- SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS".

     Under most state vehicle dealer licensing laws, dealers of motorcycles 
are required to be licensed to sell motorcycles at retail sale. In addition, 
with respect to used motorcycles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on Sale 
of Used Motorcycles requires that all dealers of used motorcycles prepare, 
complete and display a "BUYER'S GUIDE" which explains the warranty coverage 
for such motorcycles.  Furthermore, Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated 
under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act and the motor 
vehicle title laws of most states require that all dealers of used 
motorcycles furnish a written statement signed by the dealer certifying the 
accuracy of the odometer reading. If a Dealer is not properly licensed or if 
either a Buyer's Guide or Odometer Disclosure Statement was not provided to 
the purchaser of a Motorcycle, the Obligor may be able to assert a defense 
against the Dealer.  If an Obligor on a Contract were successful in asserting 
any such claim or defense, the Servicer would pursue on behalf of the Trust 
any reasonable remedies against the Dealer or the manufacturer of the 
Motorcycle, subject to certain limitations as to the expense of any such 
action to be specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement.

OTHER LIMITATIONS

     In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments, 
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and 
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured 
party to realize upon collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.  For 
example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy code, a 
court may prevent a secured party from repossessing a Motorcycle and, as part 
of the rehabilitation plan, may reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness 
to the market value of the Motorcycle at the time of bankruptcy (as 
determined by the court), leaving the party providing financing as a general 
unsecured creditor for the remainder of the indebtedness.  A bankruptcy court 
may also reduce the monthly payments due under a Contract or change the rate 
of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness.

                           FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following is a general discussion of the material United States 
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of 
the Notes and the Certificates.  This discussion is based upon current 
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), 
Treasury Regulations promulgated 

                                       50
<PAGE>

thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other 
applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are 
subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.  There are no cases or 
Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving a 
trust and instruments issued by that trust with terms similar to those of the 
Trust, and the Notes and the Certificates.  As a result, there can be no 
assurance that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in the 
following summary, and no ruling from the IRS has been or will be sought on 
any of the issues discussed below.  Furthermore, legislative, judicial or 
administrative changes may occur, perhaps with retroactive effect, which 
could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth herein 
as well as the tax consequences to holders of the Notes and the Certificates.

     This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal 
income taxation that may be relevant to all holders of Notes and Certificates 
in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances nor to certain 
types of holders who may be subject to special treatment under the federal 
income tax laws (including, without limitation, financial institutions, 
broker-dealers, insurance companies, foreign persons, tax-exempt 
organizations and persons who hold the Notes or Certificates as part of a 
straddle, hedging or conversion transaction).  This information is generally 
directed to prospective purchasers who purchase Notes or Certificates at the 
time of original issue, who are citizens or residents of the United States, 
and who hold the Notes or Certificates as "CAPITAL ASSETS" within the meaning 
of Section 1221 of the Code. Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns 
(including those filed by any partnership or other issuer) should be aware 
that under applicable Treasury Regulations a provider of advice on specific 
issues of law is not considered an income tax return preparer unless the 
advice is (i) given with respect to events that have occurred at the time the 
advice is rendered and is not given with respect to the consequences of 
contemplated actions, and (ii) is directly relevant to the determination of 
an entry on a tax return.  Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their own 
tax advisors and tax return preparers regarding the preparation of any item 
on a tax return, even where the anticipated tax treatment has been discussed 
herein.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS 
TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM 
OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES.

     Each Trust will be provided with an opinion of Winston & Strawn special 
federal income tax counsel to each Trust, as specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement ("FEDERAL TAX COUNSEL"), regarding certain federal 
income tax matters discussed below.  An opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, 
however, is not binding on the IRS or the courts.  Such opinions will be 
filed by the Servicer, together with the final documentation for the 
respective Trust transaction, with the Commission under Form 8-K under the 
Exchange Act.  For purposes of the following summary, references to the 
Trust, the Notes, the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents 
shall be deemed to refer, unless otherwise specified herein, to each Trust 
and the Notes, Certificates and related terms, parties and documents 
applicable to such Trust.

     The federal income tax consequences to Certificateholders will vary 
depending on whether the Trust is an Owner Trust, treated as a partnership 
under the Code or a Grantor Trust treated as a grantor trust under the Code.  
Pursuant to legislation enacted in 1996, as an alternative to those two types 
of trusts, effective September 1, 1997 the Trust could elect to be treated as 
a financial asset securitization investment trust ("FASIT").  A summary of 
the federal income tax consequences pertaining to each type of trust is set 
forth below. The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will 
specify the treatment of the Trust for federal income tax purposes.  To the 
extent any given series of Notes or Certificates differs from the assumptions 
or conditions set forth in the following discussion, any additional tax 
considerations will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

                                     OWNER TRUSTS

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF OWNER TRUSTS

OPINIONS

     Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that a Trust characterized 
as an Owner Trust will not be an association (or a publicly traded 
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes.  This 
opinion 

                                       51
<PAGE>

will be based on the assumptions that the terms of the Trust Agreement and 
related documents will be complied with and that the Certificateholders will 
take all action necessary, if any, or refrain from taking any inconsistent 
action so as to ensure the Trust is a partnership under the Check the Box 
regulations (defined below) and on Federal Tax Counsel's conclusions that (i) 
the Trust will constitute a business entity and will have two or more 
members, (ii) the nature of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the 
rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations, 
and (iii) the Trust, if a corporation, would not constitute a regulated 
investment company under Code Section 851.

     If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax 
purposes, it would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income.  
The Trust's taxable income would include all its income on the related 
Contracts and other assets, which may be reduced by its interest expense on 
the Notes if the Notes are respected as debt of such corporation.  Any such 
corporate income tax could materially reduce cash available to make payments 
on the Notes and distributions on the Certificates, and Certificateholders 
could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.

     Federal Tax Counsel will also render an opinion that the Notes will be 
classified as debt for federal income tax purposes.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF NOTES ISSUED BY AN OWNER TRUST 

     TREATMENT OF THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS.  The Trust Depositor and the 
Certificateholders will agree, and the Noteholders will agree by their 
purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt for federal income tax 
purposes. Additionally, Federal Tax Counsel will render an opinion that the 
Notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes.  The 
discussion below assumes that characterization of the Notes is correct.

     OID.  The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are 
denominated in U.S. dollars.  Moreover, the discussion assumes that the 
interest formula for the Notes meets the requirements for "QUALIFIED STATED 
INTEREST" under Treasury regulations relating to original issue discount 
("OID"), and that any OID on the Notes (I.E., any excess of the stated 
redemption price at maturity of the Notes over their issue price) does not 
exceed a DE MINIMIS amount (I.E., 1/4% of their stated redemption price at 
maturity multiplied by the number of full years included in their term), all 
within the meaning of such OID regulations.

     If the interest formula for the Notes does not meet the requirements for 
"QUALIFIED STATED INTEREST" because it may not satisfy the "UNCONDITIONALLY 
PAYABLE" test of the OID regulations or the Notes otherwise have more than a 
DE MINIMIS amount of OID,  the Notes will have OID and a Noteholder will be 
required to include such OID in income as it accrues under a constant yield 
method in advance of receipt of cash payments, regardless of the Noteholder's 
regular method of tax accounting.  In general, the amount of OID included in 
income is the sum of the "DAILY PORTIONS" of the OID with respect to the Note 
for each day during the taxable year the Noteholder held the Note.  The daily 
portion generally is determined by allocating to each day in an accrual 
period a ratable portion of the OID allocable to such accrual period.  The 
amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is generally equal to the 
difference between (i) the product of the Note's adjusted issue price and its 
yield to maturity and (ii) the amount of qualified stated interest payments 
allocable to such accrual period.  The "ADJUSTED ISSUE PRICE" of an OID Note 
at the beginning of any accrual period is the sum of its issue price plus the 
amount of OID allocable to prior accrual periods minus the amount of prior 
payments that were not qualified stated interest.  Alternatively, because the 
payments on the Notes may be accelerated by reason of prepayments on the 
Contracts, OID, other than DE MINIMIS OID, on the Notes, if any, may have to 
be accrued under Code section 1272(a)(6), which allocates OID to each day in 
an accrual period by  taking the ratable portion of the excess of (i) the sum 
of the present value of the remaining payments on a Note as of the close of 
the accrual period and the payments made during the accrual period that were 
included in stated redemption price at maturity, over (ii) the adjusted issue 
price of the Note at the beginning of the accrual period.  No regulations 
have been issued under Code section 1272(a)(6) so it is not clear if such 
section would apply to the Notes if they are treated as having OID.  The 
Clinton Administration has proposed legislation which if enacted, would 
require OID on the Notes to be computed in accordance with Section 1272(a)(6) 
and certain prepayment assumptions.

                                       52
<PAGE>

     INTEREST INCOME ON THE NOTES.  Based on the above assumptions, the Notes 
should not be considered to be issued with OID.  The stated interest thereon 
will be taxable to a Noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or 
accrued in accordance with such Noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under 
the OID regulations, a holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of 
OID must include such OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal 
payments are made on the Note.  A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less 
than its principal amount will generally be subject, respectively, to the 
premium amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

     ACQUISITION PREMIUM.  A U.S. Holder that purchases a Note for an amount 
less than or equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the 
purchase date other than payments of qualified stated interest but in excess 
of its adjusted issue price (any such excess being "ACQUISITION PREMIUM") and 
that does not make the election described below under "ELECTION TO TREAT ALL 
INTEREST AS ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT" is permitted to reduce the daily 
portions of OID, if any, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess 
of the U.S. Holder's adjusted basis in the Note immediately after its 
purchase over the adjusted issue price of the Note, and the denominator of 
which is the excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the 
purchase date, other than payments of qualified stated interest, over the 
Note's adjusted issue price. 

     MARKET DISCOUNT.  The Notes, whether or not issued with original issue 
discount, will be subject to the "MARKET DISCOUNT RULES" of section 1276 of 
the Code.  In general, these rules provide that if the holder of a Note 
purchases the Note at a market discount (I.E., a discount from its original 
issue price plus any accrued original issue discount that exceeds a DE 
MINIMIS amount specified in the Code) and thereafter recognizes gain upon a 
disposition, the lesser of (i) such gain or (ii) the accrued market discount 
will be taxed as ordinary  income.  Generally, the accrued market discount 
will be the total market discount on the Note multiplied by a fraction, the 
numerator of which is the number of days the holder held the Note and the 
denominator of which is the number of days from the date the holder acquired 
the Note until its maturity date.  The holder may elect, however, to 
determine accrued market discount under the constant-yield method.  Holders 
should consult with their own tax advisors as to the effect of making this 
election.

     Limitations imposed by the Code which are intended to match deductions 
with the taxation of income defer deductions for interest on indebtedness 
incurred or continued, or short-sale expenses incurred, to purchase or carry 
a Note with accrued market discount.  A Noteholder who elects to include 
market discount in gross income as it accrues is exempt from this rule.  The 
adjusted basis of a Note subject to such election will be increased to 
reflect market discount included in gross income, thereby reducing any gain 
or increasing any loss on a sale or taxable disposition.

     ELECTION TO TREAT ALL INTEREST AS ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.  A U.S. 
Holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a 
Note using the constant-yield method described above under the heading 
"ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT," with modifications described below.  For purposes 
of this election, interest includes stated interest, OID, DE MINIMIS OID, 
market discount, DE MINIMIS market discount and unstated interest, as 
adjusted by any amortizable bond premium (described below under "AMORTIZABLE 
BOND PREMIUM") or acquisition premium.

     In applying the constant-yield method to a Note with respect to which 
this election has been made, the issue price of the Note will equal the 
electing U.S. Holder's adjusted basis in the Note immediately after its 
acquisition, the issue date of the Note will be the date of its acquisition 
by the electing U.S. Holder, and no payments on the Note will be treated as 
payments of qualified stated interest.  This election, if made,  may not be 
revoked without the consent of the IRS.  U.S. Holders should consult with 
their own tax advisors as to the effect in their circumstances of making this 
election.

     AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM.  In general, if a Noteholder purchases a Note 
at a premium (I.E., an amount in excess of the amount payable upon the 
maturity thereof), such Noteholder will be considered to have purchased such 
Note with "AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM" equal to the amount of such excess.  
Such Noteholder may elect to deduct the amortizable bond premium as it 
accrues under a constant-yield method over the remaining term of the Note.  
Under proposed regulations, if finalized, accrued amortized bond premium may 
only be used as an offset against 

                                       53
<PAGE>

qualified stated interest when such interest is included in the holder's 
gross income under the holder's normal accounting system.

     SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION.  If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder 
will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the 
amount realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note.  
The adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the 
holder's cost basis for the Note, increased by any market discount, 
acquisition discount, OID and gain previously included by such Noteholder in 
income with respect to the Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium 
(if any) previously amortized and by the amount of principal payments 
previously received by such Noteholder with respect to such Note.  Any such 
gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital 
asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and accrued market 
discount not previously included in income.  Capital losses generally may be 
used only to offset capital gains.  The IRS Restructuring and Reform Act of 
1998, which was signed into law on July 22, 1998, generally reduces from 18 
months to one year the period of time that an individual must hold a capital 
asset in order to receive long-term capital gains treatment upon disposition 
of such asset.  This change is retroactive in effect and generally applies to 
sales of capital assets occurring on or after January 1, 1998.

     BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.  Each holder of Note (other than an exempt holder 
such as a corporation, tax exempt organization, qualified pension and 
profit-sharing trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who 
provides certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to 
provide, under penalty of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's 
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement 
that the holder is not subject to Back-up withholding.  Should a nonexempt 
Noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the Trust will be 
required to withhold 31% of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and 
remit the withheld amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal 
income tax liability.

     NEW WITHHOLDING REGULATIONS.  On October 6, 1997, the Treasury 
Department issued new regulations (the "New Regulations") which make certain 
modifications to the backup withholding and information reporting rules 
described above.  The New Regulations attempt to unify certification 
requirements and modify reliance standards.  The New Regulations will 
generally be effective for payments made after December 31, 1999, subject to 
certain transition rules.  Prospective investors are urged to consult their 
own tax advisors regarding the New Regulations.

     FOREIGN HOLDERS.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder 
who is a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-U.S. person (a 
"FOREIGN PERSON") generally will be considered "PORTFOLIO INTEREST," and 
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and 
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the 
conduct of a trade or business within the United States by the foreign person 
and the foreign person (i) is not actually or constructively a "10 PERCENT 
SHAREHOLDER" of the Trust (including a holder of 10% of the outstanding 
Certificates) or a "CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATION" with respect to which the 
Trust is a "RELATED PERSON" within the meaning of the Code and (ii) provides 
the Owner Trustee or other person who is otherwise required to withhold U.S. 
tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8), 
signed under penalties of perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of 
the Note is a foreign person and providing the foreign person's name and 
address.  If a Note is held through a securities clearing organization or 
certain other financial institutions, the organization or institution may 
provide the relevant signed statement to the withholding agent; in that case, 
however, the signed statement must be accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute 
form provided by the foreign person that owns the Note.  If such interest is 
not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to United States federal 
income and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or 
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

     Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other 
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United 
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not 
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United 
States by the foreign person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign 
person, the foreign person is not present in the United States for 183 days 
or more in the taxable year.

     POSSIBLE ALTERNATIVE TREATMENTS OF THE NOTES.  If, contrary to the 
opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or 
more of the Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the 
Notes 

                                       54
<PAGE>

might be treated as equity interests in the Trust.  If so treated, the Trust 
might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described 
above (and the resulting taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its 
taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as 
equity). Alternatively, it is possible that the Trust might be treated as a 
publicly traded partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation 
because it would meet certain qualifying income tests.  Nonetheless, 
treatment of the Notes as equity interests in such a publicly traded 
partnership could have adverse tax consequences to certain holders.  For 
example, income to certain tax-exempt entities (including pension funds) 
could constitute "unrelated business taxable income," income to foreign 
holders generally would be subject to U.S. tax and U.S. tax return filing and 
withholding requirements, individual holders might be subject to certain 
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Trust expenses, and 
income from the Trust's assets would be taxable to Noteholders regardless if 
cash distributions are made from the Trust.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY AN OWNER TRUST

     TREATMENT OF TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP.  The Trust Depositor and the 
Servicer will agree, and the related Certificateholders will agree by their 
purchase of Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of 
federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in 
whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the 
assets held by the Trust, the partners of the partnership being the 
Certificateholders, and the Notes being debt of the partnership.  However, 
the proper characterization of the arrangement involving the Trust, the 
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer is not certain 
because there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that 
contemplated herein. The Trust, the Trust Depositor, and the 
Certificateholders will take all necessary actions, if any, and refrain from 
taking any inconsistent actions, so as to ensure that the Trust will be 
treated as a partnership under the final Treasury Regulations which allow an 
entity to elect status as a partnership (the "CHECK THE BOX" regulations).

     A variety of alternative characterizations are possible.  For example, 
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the 
Certificates might be considered debt of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  
Any such characterization should not result in materially adverse tax 
consequences to Certificateholders as compared to the consequences from 
treatment of the Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below.  
The following discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity 
interests in a partnership and that all payments on the Certificates are 
denominated in U.S. dollars.

     PARTNERSHIP TAXATION.  As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject 
to federal income tax.  Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to 
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains, 
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's income will consist 
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the related Contacts 
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) 
and any gain upon collection or disposition of such Contracts.  The Trust's 
deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the 
Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or 
disposition of Contracts.

     The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in 
accordance with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement 
(I.E., the Trust Agreement and related documents).  The Trust Agreement will 
provide, in general, that the Certificateholders will be allocated taxable 
income of the Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that 
accrues on the Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month, 
including interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and 
interest on amounts previously due on the Certificates but not yet 
distributed; (ii) any Trust income attributable to discount on the related 
Contracts that corresponds to any excess of the principal amount of the 
Certificates over their initial issue price; (iii) prepayment premium payable 
to the Certificateholders for such month; and (iv) any other amounts of 
income payable to the Certificateholders for such month.  Such allocation 
will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust of premium on Contracts that 
corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Certificates over their 
principal amount.  All remaining taxable income of the Trust will be 
allocated to the Trust Depositor.  Based on the economic arrangement of the 
parties, this approach for allocating Trust income should be permissible 
under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be given 
that the IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to 
Certificateholders.  Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation, 
Certificateholders may be allocated 

                                       55
<PAGE>

income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate plus the other items described 
above, even though the Trust might not have sufficient cash to make current 
cash distributions of such amount.  Thus, cash basis holders will in effect 
be required to report income from the Certificates on the accrual basis and 
Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust income even if they 
have not received cash from the Trust to pay such taxes.  In addition, 
because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for 
all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may be purchasing Certificates 
at different times and at different prices, Certificateholders may be 
required to report on their tax returns taxable income that is greater or 
less than the amount reported to them by the Trust.

     All of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder that is a 
tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) will 
constitute "UNRELATED BUSINESS TAXABLE INCOME" generally taxable to such a 
holder under the Code.

     With respect to any Certificateholder who is an individual, an 
individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to the 
Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized 
deductions.  Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole 
or in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income 
that exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the 
life of the Trust.

     The Trust will make all tax calculations relating to income and 
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis.  If the IRS were to 
require that such calculations be made separately for each Contract, the 
Trust might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that 
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM.  It is believed that the Contracts will not be 
issued with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income.  
However,  the purchase price paid by the Trust for the related Contracts may 
be greater or less than the remaining principal balance of the Contracts at 
the time of purchase.  If so, the Contracts will have been acquired at a 
premium or discount, as the case may be.  As indicated above, the Trust will 
make this calculation on an aggregate basis, but might be required to 
recompute it on a Contract-by-Contract basis.

     If the Trust acquires the Contracts at a market discount or premium, it 
will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it accrues 
over the life of such Contracts or to offset any such premium against 
interest income on such Contracts.  As indicated above, a portion of such 
market discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to 
Certificateholders.

     DISTRIBUTIONS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Certificateholders generally will 
not recognize gain or loss with respect to distributions from the Trust.  A 
Certificateholder will recognize gain, however, to the extent that any money 
distributed exceeds the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in the 
Certificates (as described below "DISPOSITION OF CERTIFICATES") immediately 
before the distribution.  A Certificateholder will recognize loss upon the 
termination of the Trust or termination of the Certificateholder's interest 
in the Trust if the Trust only distributes money to the Certificateholder and 
the amount distributed is less than the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in 
the Certificates.  Any gain or loss will generally be long-term gain or loss 
if the holding period of the Certificate is more than one year.

     SECTION 708 TERMINATION.  Under Section 708 of the Code, if 50% or more 
of the outstanding interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within any 
12-month period, the Trust will be deemed to terminate and then be 
reconstituted for federal income tax purposes.  If such a termination occurs, 
the assets of the terminated Trust (the "Old Trust") are deemed to be 
constructively contributed to a reconstituted Trust (the "New Trust") in 
exchange for interests in the New Trust.  Such interests would be deemed 
distributed to the partners, or Certificateholders, of the Old Trust in 
liquidation thereof, which would not constitute a sale or exchange.  
Accordingly, if the sale of the Trust's interests terminated the partnership 
under Section 708 of the Code, the Certificateholder's basis in its ownership 
interest would not change.  The Trust's taxable year would also terminate as 
a result of a constructive termination and, if the Certificateholder was on a 
different taxable year than the Trust, the termination could result in the 
"bunching" of more than twelve months of the Trust's income or loss in the 
Certificateholder's income tax return for the year in which the Trust was 
deemed to terminate.

                                       56
<PAGE>

     DISPOSITION OF CERTIFICATES.  Generally, capital gain or loss will be 
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference 
between the amount realized and the Trust Depositor's tax basis in the 
Certificates sold.  A Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate will 
generally equal the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust 
income (that was includible in the Certificateholder's income) and decreased 
by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate.  In addition, 
both the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a 
Certificate would include the holder's share of the Notes and other 
liabilities of the Trust.  A holder acquiring Certificates at different 
prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in 
such Certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the 
Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the 
Certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each 
Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that 
Certificate).

     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share 
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the related Contracts would 
generally be treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to 
special tax reporting requirements.  The Trust does not expect to have any 
other assets that would give rise to such special reporting requirements.  
Thus, to avoid those special reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to 
include market discount in income as it accrues.

     If a Certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of 
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions 
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate 
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise 
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES.  In general, the 
Trust's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax 
items for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the 
Certificateholders in proportion to the principal amount of Certificates 
owned by them as of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result, a 
holder purchasing Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect 
its tax liability and tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual 
transaction.

     The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing 
regulations.  If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to 
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or 
losses of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificateholders.  The 
Trust Depositor will be authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation 
between transferors and transferees to conform to a method permitted by 
future regulations.

     SECTION 754 ELECTION.  In the event that a Certificateholder sells its 
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a 
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder 
had. The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that 
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under 
Section 754 of the Code.  In order to avoid the administrative complexities 
that would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as 
potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust will not 
make such election.  As a result, Certificateholders might be allocated a 
greater or lesser amount of Trust income than would be appropriate based on 
their own purchase price for Certificates.

     ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS.  The Trustee is required to keep or have kept 
complete and accurate books of the Trust.  Such books will be maintained for 
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year 
of the Trust will be the calendar year.  The Trustee will file a partnership 
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the 
Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of 
Trust income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1.  The Trust 
will provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide 
the Trust with the information statement described below and such nominees 
will be required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the 
Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent 
with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to penalties 
unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

                                       57
<PAGE>

     Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a 
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust 
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the 
beneficial owners and the Certificates so held.  Such information includes 
(i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and 
(ii) as to each beneficial owner (a) the name, address and identification 
number of such person, (b) whether such person is a United States person, a 
tax-exempt entity, a foreign government or an international organization, or 
any wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and 
(c) certain information on Certificates that were held, bought or sold on 
behalf of such person throughout the year.  In addition, brokers and 
financial institutions that hold Certificates through a nominee are required 
to furnish directly to the Trust information as to themselves and their 
ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of 
the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such information statement to 
the Trust.  The information referred to above for any calendar year must be 
furnished to the Trust on or before the following January 31.  Nominees, 
brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the 
information described above may be subject to penalties.

     The Trust Depositor  will be designated as the tax matters partner for 
the Trust in the Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for 
representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS.  The Code 
provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if the 
partnership were a separate and distinct taxpayer.  Generally, the statute of 
limitations for partnership items does not expire before three years after 
the date on which the partnership information return is filed.  Any adverse 
determination following an audit of the return of the Trust by the 
appropriate taxing authorities could result in an adjustment of the returns 
of the Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a 
Certificateholder may be precluded from separately litigating a proposed 
adjustment to the items of the Trust.  An adjustment could also result in an 
audit of a Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related 
to the income and losses of the Trust.

     BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.  Distributions made on the Certificates and 
proceeds from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "BACK-UP" 
withholding tax of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply 
with certain identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt 
recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

     The New Regulations make certain modifications to the backup withholding 
and information reporting rules described above.  The New Regulations attempt 
to unify certification requirements and modify reliance standards.  The New 
Regulations will generally be effective for payments made after December 31, 
1999, subject to certain transition rules.  Prospective investors are urged 
to consult their own tax advisors regarding the New Regulations.

     TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  It is not clear whether 
the Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the 
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to 
non-U.S. persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue 
under facts substantially similar to those described herein.  Nevertheless, 
the Trust will withhold as if it were so engaged in order to protect the 
Trust from possible adverse consequences of a failure to withhold.  The Trust 
expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable income that is allocable to 
foreign Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as if such 
income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 
35% for foreign holders that are taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all 
other foreign holders.  Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the 
issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require the Trust to 
change its withholding procedures.  In determining a holder's withholding 
status, the Trust may generally rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the 
holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

     Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or 
corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the 
branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income.  Each foreign holder 
must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that 
number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of 
the taxes withheld.  A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file 
with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust, 
taking the position that no taxes were due because the Trust was not engaged 
in a U.S. trade or business (although no assurance can be given as to the 
prospects for success of the refund claim).  However, even if such a position 
is successful, interest payments made (or accrued) to a Certificateholder who 
is a foreign person may be considered to be guaranteed payments, but only to 
the extent such 

                                       58
<PAGE>

payments are determined without regard to the income of the Trust.  It is 
unclear whether the IRS would agree with that characterization. If these 
interest payments are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, then the 
interest will not constitute "PORTFOLIO INTEREST."  As a result, 
Certificateholders will be subject to 30 percent U.S. withholding tax, unless 
reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty.  In such case, a 
foreign holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of 
the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the 
guaranteed payments.

                                    GRANTOR TRUSTS

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF GRANTOR TRUSTS

OPINION

     Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that a Trust characterized 
as a Grantor Trust will be classified as a grantor trust and not as an 
association taxable as a corporation and that, subject to the discussion 
below under "STRIPPED BOND TREATMENT", each Certificateholder will be treated 
for federal income tax purposes as the owner of a pro rata undivided interest 
in the income and assets of the Trust. 

GENERAL

     For federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be deemed to have 
acquired the following assets: (i) the principal portion of each Contract, 
plus a portion of the interest due on each Contract (the "TRUST STRIPPED 
BONDS"), (ii) the portion of the interest due on each such Contract not 
allocable to the Trust Stripped Bonds or retained by the Seller (the "TRUST 
STRIPPED COUPONS"), (iii) the proceeds of certain insurance policies on the 
motorcycles, (iv) rights under the Trust Deposit Agreement and (v) rights 
under the Security Agreement in favor of the Trust securing the Trust 
Depositor's obligation to purchase Subsequent Contracts and deliver them to 
the Trust.  Although the Trust will have certain rights with respect to the 
Reserve Fund, the Pre-Funding Account and the Interest Reserve Account, such 
accounts are not assets of the Trust.

     Each Certificateholder will have a taxable event when an asset of the 
Trust (including any Contract) is disposed of (whether by sale, exchange, 
redemption or payment at maturity) or when the Certificateholder's 
Certificate is redeemed or sold.  A Certificateholder must allocate the cost 
of its Certificates among its allocable share of the assets of the Trust, 
including the Contracts (in accordance with the proportion of the relative 
fair market values of such assets as of the date such Certificateholder 
acquired its Certificate) in order to determine its initial tax basis for its 
pro rata portion of each asset held by the Trust, including the Contracts.  
For this purpose, a Certificateholder may treat the Trust's rights in the 
security interests, the individual insurance contracts on the motorcycles, 
and other rights the Trust may have which provide credit enhancement as part 
of the Contracts such that no separate allocation of the Certificate cost and 
determination of basis must be made to these rights. Such tax basis is 
adjusted upward by the amount of original issue discount ("OID"), if 
applicable (see the discussion below under "STRIPPED BOND TREATMENT", and 
downward by the amount of all payments previously received by such 
Certificateholder (assuming OID treatment applies) under "STRIPPED BOND 
TREATMENT" below.

     The Trust Stripped Bonds will be treated as "STRIPPED BONDS" and the 
Trust Stripped Coupons will be treated as "STRIPPED COUPONS," both within the 
meaning of Section 1286 of the Code.

INCOME OF HOLDERS OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY A GRANTOR TRUST

     Subject to the discussion below under "STRIPPED BOND TREATMENT", each 
Certificateholder will be required to report on its federal income tax 
return, in a manner consistent with its method of accounting, its pro rata  
allocable share of the entire gross income of the Trust, including interest 
or finance charges earned on the Contracts, and any gain or loss upon 
collection or disposition of the Contracts.  In computing its federal income 
tax liability, a Certificateholder will be entitled to deduct, consistent 
with its method of accounting, its pro rata allocable share of reasonable 
fees payable to the Servicer that are paid or incurred by the Trust as 
provided in Sections 162 or 212 of 

                                       59
<PAGE>

the Code.  If a Certificateholder is an individual, estate or trust, the 
deduction for its pro rata share of such fees will be allowed only to the 
extent that all of its miscellaneous itemized deductions, including its share 
of such fees, exceed 2% of its adjusted gross income.  In addition, Code 
Section 68 provides that itemized deductions otherwise allowable for a 
taxable year of an individual taxpayer whose adjusted gross income exceeds a 
specified amount will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess, if 
any, of adjusted gross income over such amount, or (ii) 80% of the amount of 
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such year.  As a result, such 
investors holding Certificates, directly or indirectly through a pass-through 
entity, may have aggregate taxable income in excess of the aggregate amount 
of cash received on such Certificates with respect to interest at the related 
Pass-Through Rate on such Certificates.

STRIPPED BOND TREATMENT

     Although the federal income tax treatment of stripped bonds is not 
entirely clear, since only limited regulations have been issued by the IRS, 
based on guidance by the IRS it is believed that the Contracts should be 
treated as "STRIPPED BONDS" and the interest thereon payable to the 
Certificateholders as "STRIPPED COUPONS."  The Contracts would, therefore, be 
treated as subject to the OID provisions and stripped bond provisions of the 
Code.  Each Certificateholder would be treated as owning stripped bonds 
(represented by its portion of the Class A Percentage or Class B Percentage 
of principal payments on each Contract) and stripped coupons (equal to that 
Certificateholder's proportionate part of the interest on the Trust Stripped 
Bonds).  Furthermore, each Class B Certificateholder will own a proportionate 
part of the stripped coupons represented by the Trust Stripped Coupons.  Each 
stripped bond and coupon should generally be treated as a single debt 
instrument.  As a result of this characterization, each Certificateholder 
will be allocated interest from the Contracts equal to its respective share 
of the Class A Pass-Through Rate or the Class B Pass-Through Rate and 
principal on the Contracts equal to its Class A Percentage or Class B 
Percentage of such principal.

     In general, under the stripped bond and OID provisions of the Code, each 
initial Certificateholder would report OID (other than certain de minimis 
amounts) in each taxable year computed on a constant yield method based on 
the yield to maturity of the Contracts held by the Trust.  Such yield would 
be computed with respect to each Certificateholder by taking into account 
such Certificateholder's purchase price for its interest in the Contracts and 
the payments to be made in respect of the Certificateholder's interest in 
such Contracts.  Thus, it is believed that the effect of the stripped bond 
rules and the OID provisions would be to treat each Contract as a bond 
originally issued on the date it is purchased (I.E., the date that a holder 
purchases its Certificate), and having OID equal to the excess of (a) the 
Certificateholder's share of the sum of all payments that are part of each 
Contract over (b) the portion of the Certificateholder's purchase price for 
the Certificate that is properly allocable to each Contract.  As a 
consequence, each Certificateholder, regardless of its method of tax 
accounting, would be required to include in its ordinary gross income the sum 
of the "DAILY PORTIONS" of the OID determined with respect to such 
Certificateholder's pro rata interest in such Contracts for all days during 
the taxable year on which the Certificateholder owns the Certificate.

     The method of calculating yield to maturity is not clear, and in 
particular it is not clear under the Code whether prepayments on the 
underlying Contracts should be taken into account in determining such yield.  
The Clinton Administration has proposed legislation which if enacted, may 
require the yield on the Contracts to be determined based on the prepayment 
assumptions.

     Based on the preamble to certain stripped bond regulations, although the 
matter is not entirely clear, the interest income on the Class A Certificates 
and the Class B Certificates and the portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee 
allocable to each such Certificate  may be treated, in whole or in part, as 
so-called "QUALIFIED STATED INTEREST."  In that case, the income reportable 
by the initial holder of a Certificate in each monthly accrual period under 
the OID provisions should be approximately the same as its pro rata share of 
the aggregate interest accruing with respect to the Certificate in accordance 
with its terms, plus the Certificate's pro rata share of the portion of the 
Monthly Servicing Fee and any allocable fees and expenses.

                                       60
<PAGE>

     Under the foregoing analysis, the bond premium and market discount rules 
of the Code would not apply to the initial holder of a Certificate.

     The OID provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder are 
complex, are unclear in many respects, and do not address many issues raised 
by the Contracts.  Moreover, only limited guidance has been issued with 
respect to stripped bonds and final regulations under the stripped bond 
provisions of the Code may provide for different treatment, perhaps with 
retroactive effect. Holders of Certificates issued by a Grantor Trust should 
consult their tax advisors to determine the proper method of reporting 
taxable income from the Certificates.

SALE OF CERTIFICATE

     If a Certificate is sold, gain or loss will be recognized equal to the 
difference between the amount realized on the sale allocable to each of the 
Contracts and the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in each of the 
Contracts. A Certificateholder's adjusted basis will equal the 
Certificateholder's cost for the Certificate, increased by any OID previously 
included in income, and decreased by the amount of payments previously 
received on the Contracts, however denominated (other than qualified stated 
interest payments).  Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the 
Certificate was held as a capital asset.  A capital gain or loss will be 
long-term or short-term depending on whether or not the Certificates have 
been owned for more than one year.

FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Income attributable to Contracts which is received by a foreign 
Certificateholder will generally not be subject to the normal 30% withholding 
tax imposed with respect to such payments, provided that (i) the foreign 
Certificateholder does not own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of, and 
is not a controlled foreign corporation related to , the Seller and (ii) such 
holder fulfills certain certification requirements.  Under such requirements, 
the holder must certify, under penalty of perjury, that it is not a "UNITED 
STATES PERSON" and provide its name and address on Form W-8.  For this 
purpose, "UNITED STATES PERSON" generally means a citizen or resident of the 
United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or 
organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political 
subdivision thereof or an estate or trust the income of which is includable 
in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes, regardless of 
its source or which is subject to the supervision or authority of a U.S. 
court or U.S. fiduciary.  Gain realized upon the sale of a Certificate by a 
foreign Certificateholder generally will not be subject to United States 
withholding tax.  If, however, such interest or gain is effectively connected 
to the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by such 
foreign Certificateholder (or in the case of gain the Certificateholder is an 
individual who is present in the United States for a total of 183 days or 
more during the taxable year in which such gain is realized), such holder 
will be subject to United States federal income tax thereon at either the 
regular rates or a special 30% withholding tax rate. Potential investors who 
are not United States persons should consult their own tax advisors regarding 
the specific tax consequences to them of owning a Certificate issued by a 
Grantor Trust.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     The Trustee will furnish or make available, within the prescribed period 
of time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year, to 
each Certificateholder or each person holding a Certificate on behalf of a 
Certificateholder at any time during such year, such information as the 
Trustee deems necessary or desirable to assist Certificateholders in 
preparing their federal income tax returns.  Payments made on the 
Certificates and proceeds from the sale of the Certificates will not be 
subject to a "BACKUP" withholding tax of 31% unless, in general, a 
Certificateholder fails to comply with certain reporting procedures and is 
not an exempt recipient under applicable provisions of the Code.

     The New Regulations make certain modifications to the backup withholding 
and information reporting rules described above.  The New Regulations attempt 
to unify certification requirements and modify reliance standards.  The New 
Regulations will generally be effective for payments made after December 31, 
1999, subject to certain transition rules.  Prospective investors are urged 
to consult their own tax advisors regarding the New Regulations.

                                       61
<PAGE>

                               TAX TREATMENT OF A FASIT

     The "SMALL BUSINESS JOB PROTECTION ACT OF 1996" (the "ACT") creates a 
new type of entity for federal income tax purposes called a "FINANCIAL ASSET 
SECURITIZATION INVESTMENT TRUST" or "FASIT" effective on and after September 
1, 1997.  The Act enables certain arrangements similar to a Trust to elect to 
be treated as a FASIT.  Under the FASIT provisions of the Act, a FASIT 
generally would avoid federal income taxation and could issue securities 
substantially similar to the Certificates and Notes, and those securities 
would be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes.  If so specified in 
the related Prospectus Supplement, a Trust may make an election to be treated 
as a FASIT.  The applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and 
Servicing Agreement for such a Trust may contain such terms and provide for 
the issuance of Notes or Certificates on such terms and conditions as are 
permitted for a FASIT.  In addition, upon satisfying certain conditions set 
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreements or Sale and Servicing 
Agreements in existence on September 1, 1997, the Seller and Servicer will be 
permitted to amend any such Pooling and Servicing Agreements or Sale and 
Servicing Agreements so as to enable all or a portion of a Trust to qualify 
as a FASIT and to permit a FASIT election to be made with respect thereto, 
and to make such modifications to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale 
and Servicing Agreement as may be permitted by reason of the making of such 
an election.  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING 
AGREEMENTS--AMENDMENT."  However, there can be no assurance that the Seller 
will or will not cause any permissible FASIT election to be made with respect 
to an existing Trust or amend a Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and 
Servicing Agreement in connection with any election.  In addition, if such an 
election is made, it may cause a holder to recognize gain (but not loss) with 
respect to any Notes or Certificates held by it, even though Federal Tax 
Counsel previously delivered its opinion that the Notes or Certificates will 
be treated as debt for federal income tax purposes without regard to the 
election and the Notes or Certificates would be treated as debt following the 
election. Additionally, any such election and amendments to a Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement may have other tax and 
non-tax consequences to Securityholders.  Such consequences, together with a 
detailed discussion of the tax aspects of a FASIT, will be set forth in the 
Prospectus Supplement applicable thereto.

                            CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Because of the differences in state tax laws and their applicability to 
different investors, it is not possible to summarize the potential state tax 
consequences of holding the Certificates.  ACCORDINGLY, PURCHASERS OF 
CERTIFICATES OR NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE 
STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING ANY CERTIFICATES OR NOTES.

                                        * * *

     THE FEDERAL AND STATE TAX DISCUSSIONS SET FORTH ABOVE ARE INCLUDED FOR 
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A 
NOTEHOLDER'S OR CERTIFICATE OWNER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.  PROSPECTIVE 
PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX 
CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND 
CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND 
OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX 
LAWS.

                                 ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, 
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual 
retirement accounts and Keogh Plans (each a "PLAN"), from engaging in certain 
transactions with persons that are "PARTIES IN INTEREST" under ERISA or 
"DISQUALIFIED PERSONS" under the Code with respect to such Plan.  A violation 
of these "PROHIBITED TRANSACTION" rules may result in an excise tax or other 
penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

                                       62
<PAGE>

     Certain transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute 
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that 
purchased Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of the 
Plan.  Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor 
(the "PLAN ASSETS REGULATION"), the assets of a Trust would be treated as 
assets of a Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan 
acquired an "EQUITY INTEREST" in the Trust and none of the exceptions 
contained in the Plan Assets Regulation was applicable.  An equity interest 
is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest other than an 
instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and 
which has no substantial equity features.  

     Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in 
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) 
of ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.

     A Plan fiduciary considering the purchase of Securities of a given 
series should consult its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the 
assets of the related Trust would be considered plan assets, the possibility 
of exemptive relief from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues 
and their potential consequences.

THE NOTES

     Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Notes of 
each series may be purchased by a Plan if the fiduciary of the Plan 
determines that the purchase of a Note is consistent with its fiduciary 
duties and does not result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under 
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

SENIOR CERTIFICATES

     The following discussion applies only to nonsubordinate Certificates 
(referred to herein as "SENIOR CERTIFICATES") issued by a Grantor Trust.

     The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to the lead Underwriter named 
in the Prospectus Supplement an exemption (the "EXEMPTION") from certain of 
the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA with respect to the initial 
purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of certificates 
representing interests in asset-backed pass-through trusts that consist of 
certain receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and 
requirements of the Exemption.  The contracts covered by the Exemption 
include motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and installment 
loans such as the Contracts.  The Exemption should apply to the acquisition, 
holding and resale in the secondary market of the Senior Certificates by a 
Plan, provided that certain conditions (certain of which are described in the 
related Prospectus Supplement) are met.  It should be noted, however, that in 
issuing the Exemption the Department may not have considered interests in 
pools of the exact nature of some of the offered Certificates.

     Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Company 
believes that, after the expiration of any applicable Funding Period, the 
Exemption will apply to the acquisition and holding by Plans of Senior 
Certificates sold by the Underwriter or Underwriters named in the Prospectus 
Supplement and that all conditions of the Exemption other than those within 
the control of the investors will have been met. 

SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

     Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the 
Certificates issued by Owner Trusts that also issue Notes and Subordinate 
Certificates issued by Grantor Trusts may not be purchased by a Plan or by 
any entity whose underlying assets include Plan assets by reason of a Plan's 
investment in the entity.    By its acceptance of such Certificate, each 
Certificateholder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is 
not a Plan.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with 
respect to the Notes, if any, of a given series and an underwriting agreement 
with respect to the Certificates of such series (collectively, the 

                                       63
<PAGE>

"UNDERWRITING AGREEMENTS"), the Trust Depositor will agree to cause the 
related Trust to sell to the underwriters named therein and in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, and each of such underwriters will severally agree to 
purchase, the principal amount of each class of Notes and Certificates, as 
the case may be, of the related series set forth in such underwriting 
agreements and in such Prospectus Supplement.

     In each of the Underwriting Agreements with respect to any given series 
of Securities, the several underwriters will agree, subject to the terms and 
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as 
the case may be, described therein which are offered hereby and by the 
related Prospectus Supplement if any of such Notes and Certificates, as the 
case may be, are purchased.

     Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which 
each class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, being offered 
thereby will be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered 
to certain broker-dealers participating in the offering of such Notes and 
Certificates or (ii) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the 
case may be, are to be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions 
at varying prices to be determined at the time of such sale.  After the 
initial public offering of any such Notes and Certificates, such public 
offering prices and such concessions may be changed.

     Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that the Trust Depositor will 
indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including 
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the several 
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

     Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Trust 
Accounts in Eligible Investments acquired from such underwriters or from the 
Trust Depositor.

     Pursuant to each Underwriting Agreement with respect to a given series 
of Securities, the closing of the sale of any class of Securities subject to 
such Underwriting Agreement will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of 
all other such classes of Securities of that series.

     The place and time of delivery for the Securities in respect of which 
this Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to the Securities of any series will be 
passed upon for the related Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the 
Administrator by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois including providing an 
unqualified opinion with respect to the legality of the Securities issued by 
a Trust, and for the underwriters for such series by Brown & Wood LLP, New 
York, New York.

                                       64
<PAGE>

                                    INDEX OF TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Administration Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Administration Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Administrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Advance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Applicable Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Base Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Buell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Calculation Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Calculation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-32
CD Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
CD Rate Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
CD Rate Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Certificate Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Certificate Distribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Certificate Pool Factor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Certificateholder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Closing Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50, 51
Collateral Reinvestment Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Collection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Collection Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Commercial Paper Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Commercial Paper Rate Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Composite Quotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 8
Cutoff Dates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Definitive Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Definitive Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Definitive Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Depositor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Depository . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
DTC Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Due Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Eaglemark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Eaglemark Financial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Early Amortization Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Eligible Deposit Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Eligible Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
FASIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 51
Federal Funds Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Federal Funds Rate Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
</TABLE>
                                       65
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Federal Tax Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Fixed Rate Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Floating Rate Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Foreign Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
FTC Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Funding Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
H.15(519). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Indenture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Index Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Indirect Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Initial Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Initial Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Initial Pool Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Insolvency Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Interest Reset Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Interest Reset Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Investment Earnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Investment Income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
IRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
LIBOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
LIBOR Business Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
LIBOR Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
LIBOR Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Lien Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Mandatory Special Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Money Market Yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Motorcycles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 50
Note Distribution Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Note Pool Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Noteholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Obligor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
OID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Other Manufacturers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 50
Owner Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Pass-Through Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 29
Pool Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pre-Funded Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pre-Funding Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Purchase Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Rating Agency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 17
Registrar of Titles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Registration Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Related Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Reserve Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Revolving Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sale and Servicing Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
</TABLE>
                                       66
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Schedule of Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Securities Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Security Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Securityholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Servicer Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Servicing Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Servicing Fee Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Spread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Spread Multiplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Strip Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Strip Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Subsequent Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Subsequent Purchase Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Subsequent Transfer Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Telerate Page 3750 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Transfer and Sale Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7, 8
Treasury bills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Treasury Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Treasury Rate Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Treasury Rate Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
UCC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Underwriting Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
</TABLE>
                                       67
<PAGE>

     UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS 
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS 
SUPPLEMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE 
REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN 
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT 
AND THE PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR 
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                       
                                 $160,000,000

                           HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK
                            MOTORCYCLE TRUST 1998-3

$105,000,000 5.41% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
$45,400,000 5.43% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
  $9,600,000 7.10% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES
                                       
                                 EAGLEMARK, INC.
                              SELLER AND SERVICER

                              EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER 
                             FUNDING CORPORATION-IV
                                TRUST DEPOSITOR



                                ---------------
                             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                ---------------

                                       
                             SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                            CHASE SECURITIES INC.






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission